1 /* PowerPC64-specific support for 64-bit ELF.
2 Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Linus Nordberg, Swox AB <info@swox.com>,
4 based on elf32-ppc.c by Ian Lance Taylor.
5 Largely rewritten by Alan Modra.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
20 with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
21 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
24 /* The 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI may be found at
25 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/PPC-elf64abi.txt, and
26 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/spec/book1.html */
34 #include "elf/ppc64.h"
35 #include "elf64-ppc.h"
38 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
39 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
41 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_ha_reloc
42 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
43 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
44 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
45 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
46 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
47 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
48 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
50 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
54 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
55 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
56 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
57 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
58 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
59 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
60 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
61 static bfd_vma opd_entry_value
62 (asection
*, bfd_vma
, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, bfd_boolean
);
64 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_le_vec
65 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle"
66 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_vec
67 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc"
68 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
69 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC64_ELF_DATA
70 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC64
71 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
72 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
73 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
74 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc64_elf_info_to_howto
76 #define elf_backend_want_got_sym 0
77 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
78 #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 3
79 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
80 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 8
81 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
82 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
83 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
84 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
85 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
86 #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
88 #define bfd_elf64_mkobject ppc64_elf_mkobject
89 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup
90 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup
91 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
92 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_print_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data
93 #define bfd_elf64_new_section_hook ppc64_elf_new_section_hook
94 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create
95 #define bfd_elf64_get_synthetic_symtab ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
96 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_just_syms ppc64_elf_link_just_syms
97 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_gc_sections ppc64_elf_gc_sections
99 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc64_elf_object_p
100 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus
101 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo
102 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc64_elf_write_core_note
103 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
104 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
105 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook
106 #define elf_backend_check_directives ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs
107 #define elf_backend_notice_as_needed ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed
108 #define elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup
109 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc64_elf_check_relocs
110 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
111 #define elf_backend_gc_keep ppc64_elf_gc_keep
112 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_dynamic_ref ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref
113 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook
114 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
115 #define elf_backend_hide_symbol ppc64_elf_hide_symbol
116 #define elf_backend_maybe_function_sym ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym
117 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust
118 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
119 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc64_elf_hash_symbol
120 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections
121 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc64_elf_action_discarded
122 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc64_elf_relocate_section
123 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
124 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class
125 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
126 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook
127 #define elf_backend_special_sections ppc64_elf_special_sections
128 #define elf_backend_section_flags ppc64_elf_section_flags
129 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute
130 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol ppc64_elf_merge_symbol
131 #define elf_backend_get_reloc_section bfd_get_section_by_name
133 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
135 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
137 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
138 #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 8)
139 #define LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 16 : 8)
141 /* The initial size of the plt reserved for the dynamic linker. */
142 #define PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 16)
144 /* Offsets to some stack save slots. */
146 #define STK_TOC(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 40 : 24)
147 /* This one is dodgy. ELFv2 does not have a linker word, so use the
148 CR save slot. Used only by optimised __tls_get_addr call stub,
149 relying on __tls_get_addr_opt not saving CR.. */
150 #define STK_LINKER(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 32 : 8)
152 /* TOC base pointers offset from start of TOC. */
153 #define TOC_BASE_OFF 0x8000
154 /* TOC base alignment. */
155 #define TOC_BASE_ALIGN 256
157 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
158 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
159 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
161 /* .plt call stub instructions. The normal stub is like this, but
162 sometimes the .plt entry crosses a 64k boundary and we need to
163 insert an addi to adjust r11. */
164 #define STD_R2_0R1 0xf8410000 /* std %r2,0+40(%r1) */
165 #define ADDIS_R11_R2 0x3d620000 /* addis %r11,%r2,xxx@ha */
166 #define LD_R12_0R11 0xe98b0000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0@l(%r11) */
167 #define MTCTR_R12 0x7d8903a6 /* mtctr %r12 */
168 #define LD_R2_0R11 0xe84b0000 /* ld %r2,xxx+8@l(%r11) */
169 #define LD_R11_0R11 0xe96b0000 /* ld %r11,xxx+16@l(%r11) */
170 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 /* bctr */
172 #define ADDI_R11_R11 0x396b0000 /* addi %r11,%r11,off@l */
173 #define ADDI_R12_R11 0x398b0000 /* addi %r12,%r11,off@l */
174 #define ADDI_R12_R12 0x398c0000 /* addi %r12,%r12,off@l */
175 #define ADDIS_R2_R2 0x3c420000 /* addis %r2,%r2,off@ha */
176 #define ADDI_R2_R2 0x38420000 /* addi %r2,%r2,off@l */
178 #define XOR_R2_R12_R12 0x7d826278 /* xor %r2,%r12,%r12 */
179 #define ADD_R11_R11_R2 0x7d6b1214 /* add %r11,%r11,%r2 */
180 #define XOR_R11_R12_R12 0x7d8b6278 /* xor %r11,%r12,%r12 */
181 #define ADD_R2_R2_R11 0x7c425a14 /* add %r2,%r2,%r11 */
182 #define CMPLDI_R2_0 0x28220000 /* cmpldi %r2,0 */
183 #define BNECTR 0x4ca20420 /* bnectr+ */
184 #define BNECTR_P4 0x4ce20420 /* bnectr+ */
186 #define LD_R12_0R2 0xe9820000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0(%r2) */
187 #define LD_R11_0R2 0xe9620000 /* ld %r11,xxx+0(%r2) */
188 #define LD_R2_0R2 0xe8420000 /* ld %r2,xxx+0(%r2) */
190 #define LD_R2_0R1 0xe8410000 /* ld %r2,0(%r1) */
191 #define LD_R2_0R12 0xe84c0000 /* ld %r2,0(%r12) */
192 #define ADD_R2_R2_R12 0x7c426214 /* add %r2,%r2,%r12 */
194 #define LI_R11_0 0x39600000 /* li %r11,0 */
195 #define LIS_R2 0x3c400000 /* lis %r2,xxx@ha */
196 #define LIS_R11 0x3d600000 /* lis %r11,xxx@ha */
197 #define LIS_R12 0x3d800000 /* lis %r12,xxx@ha */
198 #define ADDIS_R2_R12 0x3c4c0000 /* addis %r2,%r12,xxx@ha */
199 #define ADDIS_R12_R2 0x3d820000 /* addis %r12,%r2,xxx@ha */
200 #define ADDIS_R12_R11 0x3d8b0000 /* addis %r12,%r11,xxx@ha */
201 #define ADDIS_R12_R12 0x3d8c0000 /* addis %r12,%r12,xxx@ha */
202 #define ORIS_R12_R12_0 0x658c0000 /* oris %r12,%r12,xxx@hi */
203 #define ORI_R11_R11_0 0x616b0000 /* ori %r11,%r11,xxx@l */
204 #define ORI_R12_R12_0 0x618c0000 /* ori %r12,%r12,xxx@l */
205 #define LD_R12_0R12 0xe98c0000 /* ld %r12,xxx@l(%r12) */
206 #define SLDI_R11_R11_34 0x796b1746 /* sldi %r11,%r11,34 */
207 #define SLDI_R12_R12_32 0x799c07c6 /* sldi %r12,%r12,32 */
208 #define LDX_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b602a /* ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
209 #define ADD_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b6214 /* add %r12,%r11,%r12 */
210 #define PADDI_R12_PC 0x0610000039800000ULL
211 #define PLD_R12_PC 0x04100000e5800000ULL
212 #define PNOP 0x0700000000000000ULL
214 /* __glink_PLTresolve stub instructions. We enter with the index in R0. */
215 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE(htab) \
216 (8u + (htab->opd_abi ? 11 * 4 : 14 * 4))
220 #define MFLR_R12 0x7d8802a6 /* mflr %12 */
221 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 /* bcl 20,31,1f */
223 #define MFLR_R11 0x7d6802a6 /* mflr %11 */
224 /* ld %2,(0b-1b)(%11) */
225 #define MTLR_R12 0x7d8803a6 /* mtlr %12 */
226 #define ADD_R11_R2_R11 0x7d625a14 /* add %11,%2,%11 */
232 #define MFLR_R0 0x7c0802a6 /* mflr %r0 */
233 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
234 #define SUB_R12_R12_R11 0x7d8b6050 /* subf %r12,%r11,%r12 */
235 #define ADDI_R0_R12 0x380c0000 /* addi %r0,%r12,0 */
236 #define SRDI_R0_R0_2 0x7800f082 /* rldicl %r0,%r0,62,2 */
239 #define NOP 0x60000000
241 /* Some other nops. */
242 #define CROR_151515 0x4def7b82
243 #define CROR_313131 0x4ffffb82
245 /* .glink entries for the first 32k functions are two instructions. */
246 #define LI_R0_0 0x38000000 /* li %r0,0 */
247 #define B_DOT 0x48000000 /* b . */
249 /* After that, we need two instructions to load the index, followed by
251 #define LIS_R0_0 0x3c000000 /* lis %r0,0 */
252 #define ORI_R0_R0_0 0x60000000 /* ori %r0,%r0,0 */
254 /* Instructions used by the save and restore reg functions. */
255 #define STD_R0_0R1 0xf8010000 /* std %r0,0(%r1) */
256 #define STD_R0_0R12 0xf80c0000 /* std %r0,0(%r12) */
257 #define LD_R0_0R1 0xe8010000 /* ld %r0,0(%r1) */
258 #define LD_R0_0R12 0xe80c0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r12) */
259 #define STFD_FR0_0R1 0xd8010000 /* stfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
260 #define LFD_FR0_0R1 0xc8010000 /* lfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
261 #define LI_R12_0 0x39800000 /* li %r12,0 */
262 #define STVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c01ce /* stvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
263 #define LVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c00ce /* lvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
264 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
265 #define BLR 0x4e800020 /* blr */
267 /* Since .opd is an array of descriptors and each entry will end up
268 with identical R_PPC64_RELATIVE relocs, there is really no need to
269 propagate .opd relocs; The dynamic linker should be taught to
270 relocate .opd without reloc entries. */
271 #ifndef NO_OPD_RELOCS
272 #define NO_OPD_RELOCS 0
276 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
280 abiversion (bfd
*abfd
)
282 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
286 set_abiversion (bfd
*abfd
, int ver
)
288 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC64_ABI
;
289 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= ver
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
292 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
293 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
294 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
295 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
296 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
297 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
298 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
299 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
300 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
301 complain, special_func) \
302 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
303 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
304 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
306 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) R_PPC64_max
];
308 static reloc_howto_type ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[] =
310 /* This reloc does nothing. */
311 HOW (R_PPC64_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
312 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
314 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
315 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
316 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
318 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
319 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
320 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
323 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
324 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
327 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
328 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* Bits 16-31 of an address. */
332 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
335 /* Bits 16-31 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low 16
336 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
337 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
340 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
341 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
342 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
343 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
345 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
346 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
347 bits must be zero. */
348 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
349 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
351 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
352 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
353 two bits must be zero. */
354 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
355 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
357 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
358 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
359 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
361 /* A variant of R_PPC64_REL24, used when r2 is not the toc pointer. */
362 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
363 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
365 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
366 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
367 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
369 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
370 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
372 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
373 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
375 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
376 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
378 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
379 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
381 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
383 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
384 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
386 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
388 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
389 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
391 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
393 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
394 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
396 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
398 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
399 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
401 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
402 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
403 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
404 shared library into the object, because the object being
405 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
406 HOW (R_PPC64_COPY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
407 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
409 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR64, but used when setting global offset table
411 HOW (R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
412 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
414 /* Created by the link editor. Marks a procedure linkage table
415 entry for a symbol. */
416 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
417 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
419 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
420 doubleword64 is set to the load address of the object, plus the
422 HOW (R_PPC64_RELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
423 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
425 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
426 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
427 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
429 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
430 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
431 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
433 /* 32-bit PC relative. */
434 HOW (R_PPC64_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
435 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
437 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
438 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
439 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
441 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
442 FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL32 not supported. */
443 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
444 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
446 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
448 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
449 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
451 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
453 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
454 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
456 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
458 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
459 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
461 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
462 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
463 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
465 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but no overflow warning. */
466 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
467 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
469 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
470 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
471 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
473 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
474 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
475 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
),
477 /* Like R_PPC64_REL24 without touching the two least significant bits. */
478 HOW (R_PPC64_REL30
, 2, 30, 0xfffffffc, 2, TRUE
, dont
,
479 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
481 /* Relocs in the 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI, not in the 32-bit ABI. */
483 /* A standard 64-bit relocation. */
484 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
485 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
487 /* The bits 32-47 of an address. */
488 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
489 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
491 /* The bits 32-47 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
492 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
493 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
496 /* The bits 48-63 of an address. */
497 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
498 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
500 /* The bits 48-63 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
501 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
502 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
505 /* Like ADDR64, but may be unaligned. */
506 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
507 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
509 /* 64-bit relative relocation. */
510 HOW (R_PPC64_REL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
511 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
513 /* 64-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
514 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
515 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
517 /* 64-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage
519 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL64 not supported. */
520 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
521 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
523 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation. */
524 /* R_PPC64_TOC16 47 half16* S + A - .TOC. */
525 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
526 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
528 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation without overflow. */
529 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_LO 48 half16 #lo (S + A - .TOC.) */
530 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
531 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
533 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits. */
534 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HI 49 half16 #hi (S + A - .TOC.) */
535 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
536 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
538 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits, plus 1 if the
539 contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is
541 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HA 50 half16 #ha (S + A - .TOC.) */
542 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
543 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
),
545 /* 64-bit relocation; insert value of TOC base (.TOC.). */
546 /* R_PPC64_TOC 51 doubleword64 .TOC. */
547 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
548 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
),
550 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but also informs the link editor that the
551 value to relocate may (!) refer to a PLT entry which the link
552 editor (a) may replace with the symbol value. If the link editor
553 is unable to fully resolve the symbol, it may (b) create a PLT
554 entry and store the address to the new PLT entry in the GOT.
555 This permits lazy resolution of function symbols at run time.
556 The link editor may also skip all of this and just (c) emit a
557 R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT to tie the symbol to the GOT entry. */
558 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16 not implemented. */
559 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
,signed,
560 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
562 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but without overflow. */
563 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
564 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
565 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
567 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address. */
568 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI not implemented. */
569 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
570 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
572 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address, plus
573 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
575 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA not implemented. */
576 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
577 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
579 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
580 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
581 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
583 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
584 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
585 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
587 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
588 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
589 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
591 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
592 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
593 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
595 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
596 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
597 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
599 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but for instructions with a DS field. */
600 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
601 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
603 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
604 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
605 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
607 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
608 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
609 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
611 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
612 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
613 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
615 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
616 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS not implemented. */
617 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
618 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
620 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
621 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
622 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
623 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
625 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
626 HOW (R_PPC64_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
627 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
629 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
630 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
632 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
633 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
635 /* Marker reloc for optimizing r2 save in prologue rather than on
636 each plt call stub. */
637 HOW (R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
638 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
640 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
641 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
642 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
644 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
645 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
647 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
648 definition of its TLS sym. */
649 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
650 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
652 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
653 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
654 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
655 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
659 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
660 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
662 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
663 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
664 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
666 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
667 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
668 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
670 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
671 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
672 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
674 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
675 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
676 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
678 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
679 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
680 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
682 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
683 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
684 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
686 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
687 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
688 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
690 /* Like DTPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
691 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
692 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
694 /* Like DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
695 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
696 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
698 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
699 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
700 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
701 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
703 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
704 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
705 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
707 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
708 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
709 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
711 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
712 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
713 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
715 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
716 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
717 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
719 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
720 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
721 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
723 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
724 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
725 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
727 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
728 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
729 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
731 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
732 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
733 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
735 /* Like TPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
736 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
737 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
739 /* Like TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
740 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
741 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
743 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
744 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
745 to the first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
746 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
747 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
749 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
750 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
751 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
753 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
754 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
755 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
757 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
758 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
759 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
761 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
762 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
763 first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
764 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
765 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
767 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
768 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
769 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
771 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
772 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
773 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
775 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
776 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
777 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
779 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
780 the offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
781 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
782 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
784 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
785 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
786 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
788 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
789 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
790 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
792 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
793 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
794 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
796 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
797 offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
798 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
799 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
801 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
802 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
803 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
805 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
806 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
807 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
809 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
810 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
811 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
813 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
814 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
816 HOW (R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
817 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
819 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
820 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
821 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
823 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
824 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
825 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
827 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
828 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
829 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
831 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
832 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
833 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
836 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
837 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
839 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
842 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
843 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
845 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
848 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
849 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
851 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
854 /* Like R_PPC64_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
855 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
858 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
859 HOW (R_PPC64_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
862 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but no overflow. */
863 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
864 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
866 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but no overflow. */
867 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
870 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
871 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
872 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
874 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
875 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
876 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
878 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
879 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
880 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
882 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
883 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
884 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
886 /* Marker reloc on ELFv2 large-model function entry. */
887 HOW (R_PPC64_ENTRY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
888 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
890 /* Like ADDR64, but use local entry point of function. */
891 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
892 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
894 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
895 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
897 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
898 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
900 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
901 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
903 HOW (R_PPC64_D34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
904 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
906 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_LO
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
907 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
909 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HI30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
910 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
912 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HA30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
913 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
915 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
916 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
918 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
919 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
921 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
922 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
924 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
925 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
927 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
928 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
930 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
931 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
933 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
934 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
936 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
937 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
939 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
940 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
942 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
943 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
945 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
946 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
948 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
951 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
952 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
954 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
957 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
958 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
960 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
963 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
964 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
966 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
969 HOW (R_PPC64_D28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
970 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
972 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
973 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
975 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
976 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
979 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
980 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
985 /* Initialize the ppc64_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can
989 ppc_howto_init (void)
991 unsigned int i
, type
;
993 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
995 type
= ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
996 BFD_ASSERT (type
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
));
997 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1001 static reloc_howto_type
*
1002 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
1004 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1006 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1007 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1013 /* xgettext:c-format */
1014 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), abfd
,
1016 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1019 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1021 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR32
;
1023 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR24
;
1025 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16
;
1027 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
;
1029 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
;
1031 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
;
1033 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
1035 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
;
1037 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14
;
1039 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
;
1041 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
;
1043 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
1045 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
1047 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14
;
1049 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
;
1051 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
;
1053 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16
;
1055 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
;
1057 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
;
1059 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
;
1061 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC64_COPY
;
1063 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
;
1065 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL32
;
1067 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT32
;
1069 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL32
;
1071 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
;
1073 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
;
1075 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
;
1077 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF
;
1079 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
;
1081 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
;
1083 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
;
1085 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1087 case BFD_RELOC_64
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1089 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
;
1091 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
;
1093 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
;
1095 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
;
1097 case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL64
;
1099 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT64
;
1101 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL64
;
1103 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
1105 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
1107 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
;
1109 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
1111 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC
;
1113 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
;
1115 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
;
1117 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
;
1119 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
;
1121 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
;
1123 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
;
1125 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
;
1127 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
;
1129 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
;
1131 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
;
1133 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
;
1135 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
;
1137 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
;
1139 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
;
1141 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
;
1143 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TLS_PCREL
:
1144 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC64_TLS
;
1146 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSGD
;
1148 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSLD
;
1150 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
;
1152 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16
;
1154 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
1156 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
;
1158 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
;
1160 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
1162 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
;
1164 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
1166 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16
;
1168 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
;
1170 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
;
1172 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
;
1174 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
;
1176 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
;
1178 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL64
;
1180 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
;
1182 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
;
1184 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
;
1186 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
;
1188 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
;
1190 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
;
1192 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
;
1194 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
;
1196 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
;
1198 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1200 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
;
1202 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
;
1204 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
;
1206 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1208 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
;
1210 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
;
1212 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
;
1214 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1216 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
;
1218 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1220 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1222 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1224 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
;
1226 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1228 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
;
1230 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1232 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1234 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1236 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16
;
1238 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_LO
;
1240 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HI
;
1242 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HA
;
1244 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
;
1246 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
;
1248 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
;
1250 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
;
1252 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
;
1254 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
;
1256 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_16DX_HA
;
1258 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
;
1260 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_ENTRY
;
1262 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
;
1264 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34
: r
= R_PPC64_D34
;
1266 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_LO
;
1268 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HI30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HI30
;
1270 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HA30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HA30
;
1272 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
1274 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
;
1276 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
;
1278 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
1280 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL34
;
1282 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
;
1284 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
;
1286 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
;
1288 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
;
1290 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
;
1292 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
;
1294 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
;
1296 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
;
1298 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
;
1300 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
;
1302 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
;
1304 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
;
1306 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D28
: r
= R_PPC64_D28
;
1308 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL28
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL28
;
1310 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
;
1312 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
;
1316 return ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r
];
1319 static reloc_howto_type
*
1320 ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd
, const char *r_name
)
1323 static char *compat_map
[][2] = {
1324 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34" },
1325 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34" },
1326 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34" },
1327 { "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34" }
1330 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
1331 if (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
1332 && strcasecmp (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
1333 return &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1335 /* Handle old names of relocations in case they were used by
1337 FIXME: Remove this soon. Mapping the reloc names is very likely
1338 completely unnecessary. */
1339 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (compat_map
); i
++)
1340 if (strcasecmp (compat_map
[i
][0], r_name
) == 0)
1342 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: %s should be used rather than %s"),
1343 compat_map
[i
][1], compat_map
[i
][0]);
1344 return ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (abfd
, compat_map
[i
][1]);
1350 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
1353 ppc64_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*cache_ptr
,
1354 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
1358 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1359 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1362 type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
1363 if (type
>= ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
))
1365 /* xgettext:c-format */
1366 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1368 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1371 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
];
1372 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
|| cache_ptr
->howto
->name
== NULL
)
1374 /* xgettext:c-format */
1375 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1377 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1384 /* Handle the R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA and similar relocs. */
1386 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1387 ppc64_elf_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1388 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1389 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1391 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1393 bfd_size_type octets
;
1396 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1397 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1399 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1400 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1401 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1403 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 (or 34) bits.
1404 We won't actually be using the low bits, so trashing them
1406 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1407 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
1408 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
1409 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
1410 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
)
1411 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
1413 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1U << 15;
1414 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
)
1415 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1418 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1419 value
= symbol
->value
;
1420 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
1421 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1422 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
1423 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
1424 + input_section
->output_offset
1425 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1426 value
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
>> 16;
1428 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1429 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1431 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
1432 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1433 if (value
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
1434 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1435 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1438 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1439 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1440 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1441 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1443 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1444 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1445 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1447 if (strcmp (symbol
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
1448 && (symbol
->section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1450 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (symbol
->section
,
1451 symbol
->value
+ reloc_entry
->addend
,
1453 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
1454 reloc_entry
->addend
= dest
- (symbol
->value
1455 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1456 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
);
1460 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
;
1462 if (symbol
->section
->owner
!= abfd
1463 && symbol
->section
->owner
!= NULL
1464 && abiversion (symbol
->section
->owner
) >= 2)
1468 for (i
= 0; i
< symbol
->section
->owner
->symcount
; ++i
)
1470 asymbol
*symdef
= symbol
->section
->owner
->outsymbols
[i
];
1472 if (strcmp (symdef
->name
, symbol
->name
) == 0)
1474 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symdef
;
1480 += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
1482 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1485 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1486 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1487 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1488 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1491 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1492 bfd_size_type octets
;
1493 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
1494 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
1496 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1497 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1499 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1500 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1501 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1503 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1504 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1505 insn
&= ~(0x01 << 21);
1506 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1507 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
1508 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
1509 insn
|= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
1513 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
1514 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
1515 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
1516 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
1518 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
1528 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1529 target
= symbol
->value
;
1530 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1531 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1532 target
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1534 from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1535 + input_section
->output_offset
1536 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1538 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
1539 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (target
- from
) < 0)
1542 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1544 return ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1545 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1548 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1549 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1550 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1551 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1553 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1554 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1556 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1557 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1558 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1560 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1561 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1562 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1565 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1566 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1567 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1568 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1570 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1571 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1573 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1574 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1575 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1577 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1578 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1580 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1581 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1582 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1585 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1586 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1587 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1588 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1592 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1593 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1595 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1596 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1597 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1599 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1601 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1603 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1604 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1605 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1608 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1609 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1610 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1611 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1615 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1616 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1618 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1619 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1620 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1622 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1624 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1626 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1627 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1629 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1630 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1631 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1634 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1635 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1636 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1637 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1640 bfd_size_type octets
;
1642 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1643 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1645 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1646 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1647 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1649 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1651 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1653 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1654 bfd_put_64 (abfd
, TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1655 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1658 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1659 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1660 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1661 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1666 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1667 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1668 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1670 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1672 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1674 targ
= (symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1675 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1676 + reloc_entry
->addend
);
1677 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1678 targ
+= symbol
->value
;
1679 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->type
== R_PPC64_D34_HA30
)
1681 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1683 bfd_vma from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1684 + input_section
->output_offset
1685 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1688 targ
>>= reloc_entry
->howto
->rightshift
;
1689 insn
&= ~reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1690 insn
|= ((targ
<< 16) | (targ
& 0xffff)) & reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1691 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1692 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1693 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
1694 && (targ
+ (1ULL << (reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
- 1))
1695 >= 1ULL << reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
))
1696 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1697 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1700 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1701 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1702 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1703 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1705 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1706 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1708 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1709 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1710 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1712 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
1714 static char buf
[60];
1715 sprintf (buf
, "generic linker can't handle %s",
1716 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
1717 *error_message
= buf
;
1719 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1722 /* Track GOT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
1723 than one got entry per symbol. */
1726 struct got_entry
*next
;
1728 /* The symbol addend that we'll be placing in the GOT. */
1731 /* Unlike other ELF targets, we use separate GOT entries for the same
1732 symbol referenced from different input files. This is to support
1733 automatic multiple TOC/GOT sections, where the TOC base can vary
1734 from one input file to another. After partitioning into TOC groups
1735 we merge entries within the group.
1737 Point to the BFD owning this GOT entry. */
1740 /* Zero for non-tls entries, or TLS_TLS and one of TLS_GD, TLS_LD,
1741 TLS_TPREL or TLS_DTPREL for tls entries. */
1742 unsigned char tls_type
;
1744 /* Non-zero if got.ent points to real entry. */
1745 unsigned char is_indirect
;
1747 /* Reference count until size_dynamic_sections, GOT offset thereafter. */
1750 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1752 struct got_entry
*ent
;
1756 /* The same for PLT. */
1759 struct plt_entry
*next
;
1765 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1770 struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
1772 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1774 /* Shortcuts to dynamic linker sections. */
1778 /* Used during garbage collection. We attach global symbols defined
1779 on removed .opd entries to this section so that the sym is removed. */
1780 asection
*deleted_section
;
1782 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. Support for multiple GOT
1783 sections means we potentially need one of these for each input bfd. */
1784 struct got_entry tlsld_got
;
1788 /* A copy of relocs before they are modified for --emit-relocs. */
1789 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
1791 /* Section contents. */
1795 /* Nonzero if this bfd has small toc/got relocs, ie. that expect
1796 the reloc to be in the range -32768 to 32767. */
1797 unsigned int has_small_toc_reloc
: 1;
1799 /* Set if toc/got ha relocs detected not using r2, or lo reloc
1800 instruction not one we handle. */
1801 unsigned int unexpected_toc_insn
: 1;
1803 /* Set if PLT/GOT/TOC relocs that can be optimised are present in
1805 unsigned int has_optrel
: 1;
1808 #define ppc64_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1809 ((struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1811 #define ppc64_tlsld_got(bfd) \
1812 (&ppc64_elf_tdata (bfd)->tlsld_got)
1814 #define is_ppc64_elf(bfd) \
1815 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1816 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC64_ELF_DATA)
1818 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1821 ppc64_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1823 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
),
1827 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 64 bit input bfd when the
1828 default is 32 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1831 ppc64_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1833 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1836 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
1838 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1840 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
1842 /* Relies on arch after 32 bit default being 64 bit default. */
1843 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1844 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64);
1847 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1850 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1853 ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1855 size_t offset
, size
;
1857 if (note
->descsz
!= 504)
1861 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1864 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32);
1870 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1871 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1872 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1876 ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1878 if (note
->descsz
!= 136)
1881 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1882 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1883 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1884 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 40, 16);
1885 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1886 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 56, 80);
1892 ppc64_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
,
1902 char data
[136] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1905 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1906 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1907 strncpy (data
+ 40, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1908 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1910 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1911 -Wstringop-truncation:
1912 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1914 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1916 strncpy (data
+ 56, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1917 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1921 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1922 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1933 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1934 memset (data
, 0, 112);
1935 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1936 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 32);
1937 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1938 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1939 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1940 memcpy (data
+ 112, greg
, 384);
1941 memset (data
+ 496, 0, 8);
1943 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1944 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1949 /* Add extra PPC sections. */
1951 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc64_elf_special_sections
[] =
1953 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, 0 },
1954 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1955 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1956 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1957 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1958 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tocbss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1959 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1962 enum _ppc64_sec_type
{
1968 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
1970 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
1974 /* An array with one entry for each opd function descriptor,
1975 and some spares since opd entries may be either 16 or 24 bytes. */
1976 #define OPD_NDX(OFF) ((OFF) >> 4)
1977 struct _opd_sec_data
1979 /* Points to the function code section for local opd entries. */
1980 asection
**func_sec
;
1982 /* After editing .opd, adjust references to opd local syms. */
1986 /* An array for toc sections, indexed by offset/8. */
1987 struct _toc_sec_data
1989 /* Specifies the relocation symbol index used at a given toc offset. */
1992 /* And the relocation addend. */
1997 enum _ppc64_sec_type sec_type
:2;
1999 /* Flag set when small branches are detected. Used to
2000 select suitable defaults for the stub group size. */
2001 unsigned int has_14bit_branch
:1;
2003 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2004 unsigned int has_pltcall
:1;
2006 /* Flag set when section has PLT/GOT/TOC relocations that can be
2008 unsigned int has_optrel
:1;
2011 #define ppc64_elf_section_data(sec) \
2012 ((struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
2015 ppc64_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2017 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
2019 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2020 size_t amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
2022 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2025 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2028 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2032 ppc64_elf_section_flags (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
2034 const char *name
= hdr
->bfd_section
->name
;
2036 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
2037 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
2038 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
2043 static struct _opd_sec_data
*
2044 get_opd_info (asection
* sec
)
2047 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) != NULL
2048 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
)
2049 return &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
2053 /* Parameters for the qsort hook. */
2054 static bfd_boolean synthetic_relocatable
;
2055 static asection
*synthetic_opd
;
2057 /* qsort comparison function for ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. */
2060 compare_symbols (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
2062 const asymbol
*a
= *(const asymbol
**) ap
;
2063 const asymbol
*b
= *(const asymbol
**) bp
;
2065 /* Section symbols first. */
2066 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && !(b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2068 if (!(a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && (b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2071 /* then .opd symbols. */
2072 if (synthetic_opd
!= NULL
)
2074 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
2075 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2077 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0
2078 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2082 /* then other code symbols. */
2083 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2084 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2085 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2086 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2089 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2090 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2091 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2092 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2095 if (synthetic_relocatable
)
2097 if (a
->section
->id
< b
->section
->id
)
2100 if (a
->section
->id
> b
->section
->id
)
2104 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
< b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2107 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
> b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2110 /* For syms with the same value, prefer strong dynamic global function
2111 syms over other syms. */
2112 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0)
2115 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0)
2118 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0)
2121 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
2124 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0)
2127 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0)
2130 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2133 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2136 /* Finally, sort on where the symbol is in memory. The symbols will
2137 be in at most two malloc'd blocks, one for static syms, one for
2138 dynamic syms, and we distinguish the two blocks above by testing
2139 BSF_DYNAMIC. Since we are sorting the symbol pointers which were
2140 originally in the same order as the symbols (and we're not
2141 sorting the symbols themselves), this ensures a stable sort. */
2149 /* Search SYMS for a symbol of the given VALUE. */
2152 sym_exists_at (asymbol
**syms
, size_t lo
, size_t hi
, unsigned int id
,
2157 if (id
== (unsigned) -1)
2161 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2162 if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< value
)
2164 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> value
)
2174 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2175 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
< id
)
2177 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
> id
)
2179 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
< value
)
2181 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
> value
)
2191 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
2193 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
2194 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2195 && section
->vma
<= vma
2196 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
2199 /* Create synthetic symbols, effectively restoring "dot-symbol" function
2200 entry syms. Also generate @plt symbols for the glink branch table.
2201 Returns count of synthetic symbols in RET or -1 on error. */
2204 ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
2205 long static_count
, asymbol
**static_syms
,
2206 long dyn_count
, asymbol
**dyn_syms
,
2212 size_t symcount
, codesecsym
, codesecsymend
, secsymend
, opdsymend
;
2213 asection
*opd
= NULL
;
2214 bfd_boolean relocatable
= (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0;
2216 int abi
= abiversion (abfd
);
2222 opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".opd");
2223 if (opd
== NULL
&& abi
== 1)
2235 symcount
= static_count
;
2237 symcount
+= dyn_count
;
2241 syms
= bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2245 if (!relocatable
&& static_count
!= 0 && dyn_count
!= 0)
2247 /* Use both symbol tables. */
2248 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, static_count
* sizeof (*syms
));
2249 memcpy (syms
+ static_count
, dyn_syms
,
2250 (dyn_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2252 else if (!relocatable
&& static_count
== 0)
2253 memcpy (syms
, dyn_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2255 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2257 /* Trim uninteresting symbols. Interesting symbols are section,
2258 function, and notype symbols. */
2259 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2260 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& (BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
| BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
2261 | BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) == 0)
2262 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2265 synthetic_relocatable
= relocatable
;
2266 synthetic_opd
= opd
;
2267 qsort (syms
, symcount
, sizeof (*syms
), compare_symbols
);
2269 if (!relocatable
&& symcount
> 1)
2271 /* Trim duplicate syms, since we may have merged the normal
2272 and dynamic symbols. Actually, we only care about syms
2273 that have different values, so trim any with the same
2274 value. Don't consider ifunc and ifunc resolver symbols
2275 duplicates however, because GDB wants to know whether a
2276 text symbol is an ifunc resolver. */
2277 for (i
= 1, j
= 1; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2279 const asymbol
*s0
= syms
[i
- 1];
2280 const asymbol
*s1
= syms
[i
];
2282 if ((s0
->value
+ s0
->section
->vma
2283 != s1
->value
+ s1
->section
->vma
)
2284 || ((s0
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)
2285 != (s1
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)))
2286 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2292 /* Note that here and in compare_symbols we can't compare opd and
2293 sym->section directly. With separate debug info files, the
2294 symbols will be extracted from the debug file while abfd passed
2295 to this function is the real binary. */
2296 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2300 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2301 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
2302 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2303 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2304 || (syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2308 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2309 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2313 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2314 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2318 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2319 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
2320 & (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
2321 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2329 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2334 if (opdsymend
== secsymend
)
2337 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2338 relcount
= (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) ? opd
->reloc_count
: 0;
2342 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, opd
, static_syms
, FALSE
))
2349 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2353 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2354 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2357 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2360 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2363 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2366 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2367 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2368 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2371 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2372 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2378 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2385 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
2387 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2391 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2392 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2395 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2398 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2401 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2404 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2405 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2406 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2411 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2412 s
->section
= sym
->section
;
2413 s
->value
= sym
->value
+ r
->addend
;
2416 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2417 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2419 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2420 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2421 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2428 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2429 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
2431 size_t plt_count
= 0;
2432 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0, resolv_vma
= 0;
2433 asection
*dynamic
, *glink
= NULL
, *relplt
= NULL
;
2436 if (opd
!= NULL
&& !bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, opd
, &contents
))
2438 free_contents_and_exit_err
:
2440 free_contents_and_exit
:
2446 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2450 /* Ignore bogus symbols. */
2451 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2454 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2455 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2458 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2459 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2463 /* Get start of .glink stubs from DT_PPC64_GLINK. */
2465 && (dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
2467 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
2469 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
2471 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
2472 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2474 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2475 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
2478 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
2479 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
2481 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2482 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2484 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
2487 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC64_GLINK
)
2489 /* The first glink stub starts at DT_PPC64_GLINK plus 32.
2490 See comment in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections. */
2491 glink_vma
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+ 8 * 4;
2492 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
2493 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
2494 glink stubs now reside. */
2495 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
,
2506 /* Determine __glink trampoline by reading the relative branch
2507 from the first glink stub. */
2509 unsigned int off
= 0;
2511 while (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
2512 glink_vma
+ off
- glink
->vma
, 4))
2514 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
2516 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
2519 = glink_vma
+ off
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
2528 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2530 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
2533 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2534 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dyn_syms
, TRUE
))
2535 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2537 plt_count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
2538 size
+= plt_count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
2540 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2541 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2543 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
2545 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 16;
2551 goto free_contents_and_exit
;
2552 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2554 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2556 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ plt_count
+ (resolv_vma
!= 0));
2558 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2562 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2565 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2566 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2570 asection
*sec
= abfd
->sections
;
2577 size_t mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2578 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< ent
)
2580 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> ent
)
2584 sec
= syms
[mid
]->section
;
2589 if (lo
>= hi
&& lo
> codesecsym
)
2590 sec
= syms
[lo
- 1]->section
;
2592 for (; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2596 /* SEC_LOAD may not be set if SEC is from a separate debug
2598 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2600 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2603 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2604 s
->value
= ent
- s
->section
->vma
;
2607 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2608 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2610 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2611 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2612 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2618 if (glink
!= NULL
&& relplt
!= NULL
)
2622 /* Add a symbol for the main glink trampoline. */
2623 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2625 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2627 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2629 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
2630 sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2631 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2636 /* FIXME: It would be very much nicer to put sym@plt on the
2637 stub rather than on the glink branch table entry. The
2638 objdump disassembler would then use a sensible symbol
2639 name on plt calls. The difficulty in doing so is
2640 a) finding the stubs, and,
2641 b) matching stubs against plt entries, and,
2642 c) there can be multiple stubs for a given plt entry.
2644 Solving (a) could be done by code scanning, but older
2645 ppc64 binaries used different stubs to current code.
2646 (b) is the tricky one since you need to known the toc
2647 pointer for at least one function that uses a pic stub to
2648 be able to calculate the plt address referenced.
2649 (c) means gdb would need to set multiple breakpoints (or
2650 find the glink branch itself) when setting breakpoints
2651 for pending shared library loads. */
2652 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2653 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2657 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2658 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
2659 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
2660 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
2661 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
2662 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2664 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2667 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
2668 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
2672 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
2673 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
2674 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
2675 names
+= strlen (names
);
2677 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
2678 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
2698 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2699 functions above are used generally. Those named ppc64_elf_* are
2700 called by the main ELF linker code. They appear in this file more
2701 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2702 ppc64_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2703 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2706 PowerPC64-ELF uses a similar scheme to PowerPC64-XCOFF in that
2707 functions have both a function code symbol and a function descriptor
2708 symbol. A call to foo in a relocatable object file looks like:
2715 The function definition in another object file might be:
2719 . .quad .TOC.@tocbase
2725 When the linker resolves the call during a static link, the branch
2726 unsurprisingly just goes to .foo and the .opd information is unused.
2727 If the function definition is in a shared library, things are a little
2728 different: The call goes via a plt call stub, the opd information gets
2729 copied to the plt, and the linker patches the nop.
2737 . std 2,40(1) # in practice, the call stub
2738 . addis 11,2,Lfoo@toc@ha # is slightly optimized, but
2739 . addi 11,11,Lfoo@toc@l # this is the general idea
2747 . Lfoo: reloc (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT, foo)
2749 The "reloc ()" notation is supposed to indicate that the linker emits
2750 an R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT reloc against foo. The dynamic linker does the opd
2753 What are the difficulties here? Well, firstly, the relocations
2754 examined by the linker in check_relocs are against the function code
2755 sym .foo, while the dynamic relocation in the plt is emitted against
2756 the function descriptor symbol, foo. Somewhere along the line, we need
2757 to carefully copy dynamic link information from one symbol to the other.
2758 Secondly, the generic part of the elf linker will make .foo a dynamic
2759 symbol as is normal for most other backends. We need foo dynamic
2760 instead, at least for an application final link. However, when
2761 creating a shared library containing foo, we need to have both symbols
2762 dynamic so that references to .foo are satisfied during the early
2763 stages of linking. Otherwise the linker might decide to pull in a
2764 definition from some other object, eg. a static library.
2766 Update: As of August 2004, we support a new convention. Function
2767 calls may use the function descriptor symbol, ie. "bl foo". This
2768 behaves exactly as "bl .foo". */
2770 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2771 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2772 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2775 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2776 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
2781 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2782 address isn't fixed. DTPREL64 is excluded because the
2783 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2784 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC64_OPT_TLS is set. */
2791 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
2792 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
2793 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
2794 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
2795 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
2798 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
2799 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
2800 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
2801 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
2802 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
2803 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
2804 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
2805 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
2806 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
2807 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
2808 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
2809 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
2810 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
2811 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
2812 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2813 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2814 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2818 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2819 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's .dynbss
2820 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2821 shared lib. With code that gcc generates it is vital that this be
2822 enabled; In the PowerPC64 ELFv1 ABI the address of a function is
2823 actually the address of a function descriptor which resides in the
2824 .opd section. gcc uses the descriptor directly rather than going
2825 via the GOT as some other ABIs do, which means that initialized
2826 function pointers reference the descriptor. Thus, a function
2827 pointer initialized to the address of a function in a shared
2828 library will either require a .dynbss copy and a copy reloc, or a
2829 dynamic reloc. Using a .dynbss copy redefines the function
2830 descriptor symbol to point to the copy. This presents a problem as
2831 a PLT entry for that function is also initialized from the function
2832 descriptor symbol and the copy may not be initialized first. */
2833 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2835 /* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
2837 #define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
2840 ppc_stub_long_branch:
2841 Used when a 14 bit branch (or even a 24 bit branch) can't reach its
2842 destination, but a 24 bit branch in a stub section will reach.
2845 ppc_stub_plt_branch:
2846 Similar to the above, but a 24 bit branch in the stub section won't
2847 reach its destination.
2848 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2849 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2854 Used to call a function in a shared library. If it so happens that
2855 the plt entry referenced crosses a 64k boundary, then an extra
2856 "addi %r11,%r11,xxx@toc@l" will be inserted before the "mtctr".
2857 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save starts with "std %r2,40(%r1)".
2858 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2859 . ld %r12,xxx+0@toc@l(%r11)
2861 . ld %r2,xxx+8@toc@l(%r11)
2862 . ld %r11,xxx+16@toc@l(%r11)
2865 ppc_stub_long_branch and ppc_stub_plt_branch may also have additional
2866 code to adjust the value and save r2 to support multiple toc sections.
2867 A ppc_stub_long_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2869 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2870 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2873 A ppc_stub_plt_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2875 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2876 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2877 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2878 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2882 All of the above stubs are shown as their ELFv1 variants. ELFv2
2883 variants exist too, simpler for plt calls since a new toc pointer
2884 and static chain are not loaded by the stub. In addition, ELFv2
2885 has some more complex stubs to handle calls marked with NOTOC
2886 relocs from functions where r2 is not a valid toc pointer. These
2887 come in two flavours, the ones shown below, and _both variants that
2888 start with "std %r2,24(%r1)" to save r2 in the unlikely event that
2889 one call is from a function where r2 is used as the toc pointer but
2890 needs a toc adjusting stub for small-model multi-toc, and another
2891 call is from a function where r2 is not valid.
2892 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2898 . addis %r12,%r11,dest-1b@ha
2899 . addi %r12,%r12,dest-1b@l
2902 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2908 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2909 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2911 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2912 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2913 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2917 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2923 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2924 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2926 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2927 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2928 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2932 There are also ELFv1 power10 variants of these stubs.
2933 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2934 . pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2936 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2937 . lis %r11,(dest-1f)@highesta34
2938 . ori %r11,%r11,(dest-1f)@highera34
2940 . 1: pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2941 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2944 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2945 . lis %r11,(xxx-1f)@highesta34
2946 . ori %r11,%r11,(xxx-1f)@highera34
2948 . 1: pla %r12,xxx@pcrel
2949 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2953 In cases where the high instructions would add zero, they are
2954 omitted and following instructions modified in some cases.
2955 For example, a power10 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc might simplify down
2957 . pld %r12,xxx@pcrel
2961 For a given stub group (a set of sections all using the same toc
2962 pointer value) there will be just one stub type used for any
2963 particular function symbol. For example, if printf is called from
2964 code with the tocsave optimization (ie. r2 saved in function
2965 prologue) and therefore calls use a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub,
2966 and from other code without the tocsave optimization requiring a
2967 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save linkage stub, a single stub of the latter
2968 type will be created. Calls with the tocsave optimization will
2969 enter this stub after the instruction saving r2. A similar
2970 situation exists when calls are marked with R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
2971 relocations. These require a ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub
2972 to call an external function like printf. If other calls to printf
2973 require a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub then a single
2974 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub will be used for both types of
2975 call. If other calls to printf require a ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
2976 linkage stub then a single ppc_stub_plt_call_both linkage stub will
2977 be created and calls not requiring r2 to be saved will enter the
2978 stub after the r2 save instruction. There is an analogous
2979 hierarchy of long branch and plt branch stubs for local call
2985 ppc_stub_long_branch
,
2986 ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
,
2987 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
,
2988 ppc_stub_long_branch_both
, /* r2off and notoc variants both needed. */
2989 ppc_stub_plt_branch
,
2990 ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
,
2991 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
,
2992 ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
,
2994 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
,
2995 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
,
2996 ppc_stub_plt_call_both
,
2997 ppc_stub_global_entry
,
3001 /* Information on stub grouping. */
3004 /* The stub section. */
3006 /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be attached. */
3009 struct map_stub
*next
;
3010 /* Whether to emit a copy of register save/restore functions in this
3013 /* Current offset within stubs after the insn restoring lr in a
3014 _notoc or _both stub using bcl for pc-relative addressing, or
3015 after the insn restoring lr in a __tls_get_addr_opt plt stub. */
3016 unsigned int lr_restore
;
3017 /* Accumulated size of EH info emitted to describe return address
3018 if stubs modify lr. Does not include 17 byte FDE header. */
3019 unsigned int eh_size
;
3020 /* Offset in glink_eh_frame to the start of EH info for this group. */
3021 unsigned int eh_base
;
3024 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
3026 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3027 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3029 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
3031 /* Group information. */
3032 struct map_stub
*group
;
3034 /* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub. */
3035 bfd_vma stub_offset
;
3037 /* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final
3038 value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump. */
3039 bfd_vma target_value
;
3040 asection
*target_section
;
3042 /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
3043 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3044 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
3047 unsigned char symtype
;
3049 /* Symbol st_other. */
3050 unsigned char other
;
3053 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
3055 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3056 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3058 /* Offset within branch lookup table. */
3059 unsigned int offset
;
3061 /* Generation marker. */
3065 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
3066 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
3068 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
3070 /* The input section of the reloc. */
3073 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
3074 unsigned int count
: 31;
3076 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
3077 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
3080 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
3082 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
3086 /* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this
3088 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_cache
;
3090 /* A pointer to the next symbol starting with a '.' */
3091 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*next_dot_sym
;
3094 /* Link between function code and descriptor symbols. */
3095 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*oh
;
3097 /* Flag function code and descriptor symbols. */
3098 unsigned int is_func
:1;
3099 unsigned int is_func_descriptor
:1;
3100 unsigned int fake
:1;
3102 /* Whether global opd/toc sym has been adjusted or not.
3103 After ppc64_elf_edit_opd/ppc64_elf_edit_toc has run, this flag
3104 should be set for all globals defined in any opd/toc section. */
3105 unsigned int adjust_done
:1;
3107 /* Set if this is an out-of-line register save/restore function,
3108 with non-standard calling convention. */
3109 unsigned int save_res
:1;
3111 /* Set if a duplicate symbol with non-zero localentry is detected,
3112 even when the duplicate symbol does not provide a definition. */
3113 unsigned int non_zero_localentry
:1;
3115 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC).
3116 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
3117 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
3118 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
3119 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
3120 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
3121 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
3122 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
3123 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
3124 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
3125 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
3126 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
3127 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
3128 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
3129 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
3130 #define TLS_EXPLICIT 256 /* TOC section TLS reloc, not stored. */
3131 unsigned char tls_mask
;
3133 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
3134 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
3135 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
3136 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
3137 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
3140 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3141 ppc_elf_hash_entry (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ent
)
3143 return (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) ent
;
3146 /* ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3148 struct ppc_link_hash_table
3150 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
3152 /* The stub hash table. */
3153 struct bfd_hash_table stub_hash_table
;
3155 /* Another hash table for plt_branch stubs. */
3156 struct bfd_hash_table branch_hash_table
;
3158 /* Hash table for function prologue tocsave. */
3159 htab_t tocsave_htab
;
3161 /* Various options and other info passed from the linker. */
3162 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
;
3164 /* The size of sec_info below. */
3165 unsigned int sec_info_arr_size
;
3167 /* Per-section array of extra section info. Done this way rather
3168 than as part of ppc64_elf_section_data so we have the info for
3169 non-ppc64 sections. */
3172 /* Along with elf_gp, specifies the TOC pointer used by this section. */
3177 /* The section group that this section belongs to. */
3178 struct map_stub
*group
;
3179 /* A temp section list pointer. */
3184 /* Linked list of groups. */
3185 struct map_stub
*group
;
3187 /* Temp used when calculating TOC pointers. */
3190 asection
*toc_first_sec
;
3192 /* Used when adding symbols. */
3193 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*dot_syms
;
3195 /* Shortcuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
3197 asection
*global_entry
;
3200 asection
*relpltlocal
;
3203 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
3205 /* Shortcut to .__tls_get_addr and __tls_get_addr. */
3206 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
3207 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr_fd
;
3208 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc
;
3209 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc_fd
;
3210 struct map_stub
*tga_group
;
3212 /* The size of reliplt used by got entry relocs. */
3213 bfd_size_type got_reli_size
;
3216 unsigned long stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
];
3218 /* Number of stubs against global syms. */
3219 unsigned long stub_globals
;
3221 /* Set if we're linking code with function descriptors. */
3222 unsigned int opd_abi
:1;
3224 /* Support for multiple toc sections. */
3225 unsigned int do_multi_toc
:1;
3226 unsigned int multi_toc_needed
:1;
3227 unsigned int second_toc_pass
:1;
3228 unsigned int do_toc_opt
:1;
3230 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
3231 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
3233 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
3234 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
3237 unsigned int stub_error
:1;
3239 /* Whether func_desc_adjust needs to be run over symbols. */
3240 unsigned int need_func_desc_adj
:1;
3242 /* Whether plt calls for ELFv2 localentry:0 funcs have been optimized. */
3243 unsigned int has_plt_localentry0
:1;
3245 /* Whether calls are made via the PLT from NOTOC functions. */
3246 unsigned int notoc_plt
:1;
3248 /* Whether any code linked seems to be Power10. */
3249 unsigned int has_power10_relocs
:1;
3251 /* Incremented every time we size stubs. */
3252 unsigned int stub_iteration
;
3255 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
3258 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
3259 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
3261 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
3263 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
3265 /* Nonzero if this section has any toc or got relocs. */
3266 #define has_toc_reloc sec_flg2
3268 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to another section that uses
3270 #define makes_toc_func_call sec_flg3
3272 /* Recursion protection when determining above flag. */
3273 #define call_check_in_progress sec_flg4
3274 #define call_check_done sec_flg5
3276 /* Get the ppc64 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
3278 #define ppc_hash_table(p) \
3279 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
3280 == PPC64_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
3282 #define ppc_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3283 ((struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) \
3284 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3286 #define ppc_branch_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3287 ((struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *) \
3288 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3290 /* Create an entry in the stub hash table. */
3292 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3293 stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3294 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3297 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3301 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
));
3306 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3307 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3310 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*eh
;
3312 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3313 eh
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3314 eh
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_none
;
3316 eh
->stub_offset
= 0;
3317 eh
->target_value
= 0;
3318 eh
->target_section
= NULL
;
3327 /* Create an entry in the branch hash table. */
3329 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3330 branch_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3331 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3334 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3338 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
));
3343 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3344 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3347 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*eh
;
3349 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3350 eh
= (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3358 /* Create an entry in a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3360 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3361 link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3362 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3365 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3369 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
));
3374 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3375 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3378 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3380 memset (&eh
->u
.stub_cache
, 0,
3381 (sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
)
3382 - offsetof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
, u
.stub_cache
)));
3384 /* When making function calls, old ABI code references function entry
3385 points (dot symbols), while new ABI code references the function
3386 descriptor symbol. We need to make any combination of reference and
3387 definition work together, without breaking archive linking.
3389 For a defined function "foo" and an undefined call to "bar":
3390 An old object defines "foo" and ".foo", references ".bar" (possibly
3392 A new object defines "foo" and references "bar".
3394 A new object thus has no problem with its undefined symbols being
3395 satisfied by definitions in an old object. On the other hand, the
3396 old object won't have ".bar" satisfied by a new object.
3398 Keep a list of newly added dot-symbols. */
3400 if (string
[0] == '.')
3402 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3404 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) table
;
3405 eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
= htab
->dot_syms
;
3406 htab
->dot_syms
= eh
;
3413 struct tocsave_entry
3420 tocsave_htab_hash (const void *p
)
3422 const struct tocsave_entry
*e
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p
;
3423 return ((bfd_vma
) (intptr_t) e
->sec
^ e
->offset
) >> 3;
3427 tocsave_htab_eq (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3429 const struct tocsave_entry
*e1
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p1
;
3430 const struct tocsave_entry
*e2
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p2
;
3431 return e1
->sec
== e2
->sec
&& e1
->offset
== e2
->offset
;
3434 /* Destroy a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3437 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
3439 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3441 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
3442 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
)
3443 htab_delete (htab
->tocsave_htab
);
3444 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->branch_hash_table
);
3445 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3446 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
3449 /* Create a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3451 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
3452 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
3454 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3455 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_table
);
3457 htab
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
3461 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab
->elf
, abfd
, link_hash_newfunc
,
3462 sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
),
3469 /* Init the stub hash table too. */
3470 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_hash_newfunc
,
3471 sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
)))
3473 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3477 /* And the branch hash table. */
3478 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->branch_hash_table
, branch_hash_newfunc
,
3479 sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
)))
3481 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3482 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3486 htab
->tocsave_htab
= htab_try_create (1024,
3490 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
== NULL
)
3492 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3495 htab
->elf
.root
.hash_table_free
= ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
3497 /* Initializing two fields of the union is just cosmetic. We really
3498 only care about glist, but when compiled on a 32-bit host the
3499 bfd_vma fields are larger. Setting the bfd_vma to zero makes
3500 debugger inspection of these fields look nicer. */
3501 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3502 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3503 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3504 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3505 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.offset
= 0;
3506 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3507 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
3508 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3510 return &htab
->elf
.root
;
3513 /* Create sections for linker generated code. */
3516 create_linkage_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3518 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3521 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3523 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
3524 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3525 if (htab
->params
->save_restore_funcs
)
3527 /* Create .sfpr for code to save and restore fp regs. */
3528 htab
->sfpr
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".sfpr",
3530 if (htab
->sfpr
== NULL
3531 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->sfpr
, 2))
3535 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3538 /* Create .glink for lazy dynamic linking support. */
3539 htab
->glink
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3541 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
3542 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 3))
3545 /* The part of .glink used by global entry stubs, separate so that
3546 it can be aligned appropriately without affecting htab->glink. */
3547 htab
->global_entry
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3549 if (htab
->global_entry
== NULL
3550 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->global_entry
, 2))
3553 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
3555 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3556 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3557 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
,
3560 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
3561 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink_eh_frame
, 2))
3565 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
3566 htab
->elf
.iplt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".iplt", flags
);
3567 if (htab
->elf
.iplt
== NULL
3568 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.iplt
, 3))
3571 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3572 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3574 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
3575 if (htab
->elf
.irelplt
== NULL
3576 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.irelplt
, 3))
3579 /* Create branch lookup table for plt_branch stubs. */
3580 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
3581 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3582 htab
->brlt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3584 if (htab
->brlt
== NULL
3585 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->brlt
, 3))
3588 /* Local plt entries, put in .branch_lt but a separate section for
3590 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3592 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
3593 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 3))
3596 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3599 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3600 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3602 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3603 if (htab
->relbrlt
== NULL
3604 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relbrlt
, 3))
3608 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3609 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
3610 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 3))
3616 /* Satisfy the ELF linker by filling in some fields in our fake bfd. */
3619 ppc64_elf_init_stub_bfd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3620 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
)
3622 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3624 elf_elfheader (params
->stub_bfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = ELFCLASS64
;
3626 /* Always hook our dynamic sections into the first bfd, which is the
3627 linker created stub bfd. This ensures that the GOT header is at
3628 the start of the output TOC section. */
3629 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3630 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= params
->stub_bfd
;
3631 htab
->params
= params
;
3633 return create_linkage_sections (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
);
3636 /* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table. */
3639 ppc_stub_name (const asection
*input_section
,
3640 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3641 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3642 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
3647 /* rel->r_addend is actually 64 bit, but who uses more than +/- 2^31
3648 offsets from a sym as a branch target? In fact, we could
3649 probably assume the addend is always zero. */
3650 BFD_ASSERT (((int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff) == rel
->r_addend
);
3654 len
= 8 + 1 + strlen (h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
) + 1 + 8 + 1;
3655 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3656 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3659 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%s+%x",
3660 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3661 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
,
3662 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3666 len
= 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
3667 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3668 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3671 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%x:%x+%x",
3672 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3673 sym_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3674 (int) ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
) & 0xffffffff,
3675 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3677 if (len
> 2 && stub_name
[len
- 2] == '+' && stub_name
[len
- 1] == '0')
3678 stub_name
[len
- 2] = 0;
3682 /* If mixing power10 with non-power10 code and --power10-stubs is not
3683 specified (or is auto) then calls using @notoc relocations that
3684 need a stub will utilize power10 instructions in the stub, and
3685 calls without @notoc relocations will not use power10 instructions.
3686 The two classes of stubs are stored in separate stub_hash_table
3687 entries having the same key string. The two entries will always be
3688 adjacent on entry->root.next chain, even if hash table resizing
3689 occurs. This function selects the correct entry to use. */
3691 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3692 select_alt_stub (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*entry
, bfd_boolean notoc
)
3694 bfd_boolean have_notoc
;
3696 have_notoc
= (entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
3697 || entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
3698 || entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
);
3700 if (have_notoc
!= notoc
)
3702 const char *stub_name
= entry
->root
.string
;
3704 entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
->root
.next
;
3706 && entry
->root
.string
!= stub_name
)
3713 /* Look up an entry in the stub hash. Stub entries are cached because
3714 creating the stub name takes a bit of time. */
3716 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3717 ppc_get_stub_entry (const asection
*input_section
,
3718 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3719 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3720 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3721 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3723 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3724 struct map_stub
*group
;
3726 /* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one
3727 stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group.
3728 Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be
3729 more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to
3730 distinguish between them. */
3731 group
= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].u
.group
;
3735 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->u
.stub_cache
!= NULL
3736 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->h
== h
3737 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->group
== group
)
3739 stub_entry
= h
->u
.stub_cache
;
3745 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (group
->link_sec
, sym_sec
, h
, rel
);
3746 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3749 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
3750 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
3752 h
->u
.stub_cache
= stub_entry
;
3757 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
&& htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1)
3759 bfd_boolean notoc
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
3761 stub_entry
= select_alt_stub (stub_entry
, notoc
);
3767 /* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new
3768 stub entry are initialised. */
3770 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3771 ppc_add_stub (const char *stub_name
,
3773 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3775 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3776 struct map_stub
*group
;
3779 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3781 group
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
;
3782 link_sec
= group
->link_sec
;
3783 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
3784 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3790 namelen
= strlen (link_sec
->name
);
3791 len
= namelen
+ sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
);
3792 s_name
= bfd_alloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, len
);
3796 memcpy (s_name
, link_sec
->name
, namelen
);
3797 memcpy (s_name
+ namelen
, STUB_SUFFIX
, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
));
3798 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (s_name
, link_sec
);
3799 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3801 group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
3804 /* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table. */
3805 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_name
,
3807 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
3809 /* xgettext:c-format */
3810 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
3811 section
->owner
, stub_name
);
3815 stub_entry
->group
= group
;
3816 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= 0;
3820 /* Create .got and .rela.got sections in ABFD, and .got in dynobj if
3821 not already done. */
3824 create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3826 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
3828 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3830 if (!is_ppc64_elf (abfd
))
3836 && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3839 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3840 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3842 got
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3844 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (got
, 3))
3847 relgot
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.got",
3848 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
3850 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (relgot
, 3))
3853 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
= got
;
3854 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->relgot
= relgot
;
3858 /* Follow indirect and warning symbol links. */
3860 static inline struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
3861 follow_link (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3863 while (h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3864 || h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3869 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
3870 elf_follow_link (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3872 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) follow_link (&h
->root
);
3875 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3876 ppc_follow_link (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3878 return ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_follow_link (&h
->elf
));
3881 /* Merge PLT info on FROM with that on TO. */
3884 move_plt_plist (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*from
,
3885 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*to
)
3887 if (from
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3889 if (to
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3891 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
3892 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
3894 for (entp
= &from
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3896 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
3898 for (dent
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3899 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
3901 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
3908 *entp
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3911 to
->elf
.plt
.plist
= from
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3912 from
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
3916 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
3919 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3920 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
3921 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
3923 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
3925 edir
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (dir
);
3926 eind
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (ind
);
3928 edir
->is_func
|= eind
->is_func
;
3929 edir
->is_func_descriptor
|= eind
->is_func_descriptor
;
3930 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
3931 if (eind
->oh
!= NULL
)
3932 edir
->oh
= ppc_follow_link (eind
->oh
);
3934 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
3935 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
3936 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
3937 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
3938 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
3939 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
3940 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
3942 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, don't copy
3943 dyn_relocs, plt/got info, or dynindx. We used to copy dyn_relocs
3944 in order to simplify readonly_dynrelocs and save a field in the
3945 symbol hash entry, but that means dyn_relocs can't be used in any
3946 tests about a specific symbol, or affect other symbol flags which
3948 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
3951 /* Copy over any dynamic relocs we may have on the indirect sym. */
3952 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3954 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3956 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
3957 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3959 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
3960 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
3961 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
3963 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
3965 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
3966 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
3968 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
3969 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
3976 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
3979 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
3980 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
3983 /* Copy over got entries that we may have already seen to the
3984 symbol which just became indirect. */
3985 if (eind
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3987 if (edir
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3989 struct got_entry
**entp
;
3990 struct got_entry
*ent
;
3992 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.got
.glist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3994 struct got_entry
*dent
;
3996 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3997 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
3998 && dent
->owner
== ent
->owner
3999 && dent
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
)
4001 dent
->got
.refcount
+= ent
->got
.refcount
;
4008 *entp
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4011 edir
->elf
.got
.glist
= eind
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4012 eind
->elf
.got
.glist
= NULL
;
4015 /* And plt entries. */
4016 move_plt_plist (eind
, edir
);
4018 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
4020 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
4021 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4022 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
4023 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
4024 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
4025 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
4026 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
4030 /* Find the function descriptor hash entry from the given function code
4031 hash entry FH. Link the entries via their OH fields. */
4033 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4034 lookup_fdh (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
4036 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= fh
->oh
;
4040 const char *fd_name
= fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1;
4042 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, fd_name
,
4043 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
4047 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4053 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
4054 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4059 /* Make a fake function descriptor sym for the undefined code sym FH. */
4061 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4062 make_fdh (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4063 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
4065 bfd
*abfd
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
4066 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
4067 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4068 flagword flags
= (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4072 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
,
4073 fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1,
4074 flags
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4075 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
))
4078 fdh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4079 fdh
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
4081 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4088 /* Fix function descriptor symbols defined in .opd sections to be
4092 ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*ibfd
,
4093 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4094 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4096 flagword
*flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4101 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".opd") == 0)
4105 if (!(ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4106 || ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
))
4107 isym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
), STT_FUNC
);
4109 /* If the symbol is a function defined in .opd, and the function
4110 code is in a discarded group, let it appear to be undefined. */
4111 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4112 && (*sec
)->reloc_count
!= 0
4113 && opd_entry_value (*sec
, *value
, &code_sec
, NULL
,
4114 FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1
4115 && discarded_section (code_sec
))
4117 *sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4118 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4121 else if (*sec
!= NULL
4122 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".toc") == 0
4123 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)
4125 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4127 htab
->params
->object_in_toc
= 1;
4130 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4132 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4133 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 2);
4134 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 1)
4136 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol '%s' has invalid st_other"
4137 " for ABI version 1"), *name
);
4138 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4146 /* Merge non-visibility st_other attributes: local entry point. */
4149 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4150 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4151 bfd_boolean definition
,
4152 bfd_boolean dynamic
)
4154 if (definition
&& (!dynamic
|| !h
->def_regular
))
4155 h
->other
= ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1))
4156 | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
));
4159 /* Hook called on merging a symbol. We use this to clear "fake" since
4160 we now have a real symbol. */
4163 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4164 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4165 asection
**psec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4166 bfd_boolean newdef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4167 bfd_boolean olddef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4168 bfd
*oldbfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4169 const asection
*oldsec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4171 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
= 0;
4172 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4173 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
= 1;
4177 /* This function makes an old ABI object reference to ".bar" cause the
4178 inclusion of a new ABI object archive that defines "bar".
4179 NAME is a symbol defined in an archive. Return a symbol in the hash
4180 table that might be satisfied by the archive symbols. */
4182 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4183 ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4184 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4187 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4191 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
);
4193 /* Don't return this sym if it is a fake function descriptor
4194 created by add_symbol_adjust. */
4195 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
)
4201 len
= strlen (name
);
4202 dot_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
4203 if (dot_name
== NULL
)
4204 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
4206 memcpy (dot_name
+ 1, name
, len
+ 1);
4207 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, dot_name
);
4208 bfd_release (abfd
, dot_name
);
4212 if (strcmp (name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
4213 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, "__tls_get_addr_desc");
4217 /* This function satisfies all old ABI object references to ".bar" if a
4218 new ABI object defines "bar". Well, at least, undefined dot symbols
4219 are made weak. This stops later archive searches from including an
4220 object if we already have a function descriptor definition. It also
4221 prevents the linker complaining about undefined symbols.
4222 We also check and correct mismatched symbol visibility here. The
4223 most restrictive visibility of the function descriptor and the
4224 function entry symbol is used. */
4227 add_symbol_adjust (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4229 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4230 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4232 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4233 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) eh
->elf
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4235 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
4238 if (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.')
4241 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4245 fdh
= lookup_fdh (eh
, htab
);
4247 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4248 && (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4249 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4250 && eh
->elf
.ref_regular
)
4252 /* Make an undefined function descriptor sym, in order to
4253 pull in an --as-needed shared lib. Archives are handled
4255 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, eh
);
4262 unsigned entry_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4263 unsigned descr_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (fdh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4265 /* Make both descriptor and entry symbol have the most
4266 constraining visibility of either symbol. */
4267 if (entry_vis
< descr_vis
)
4268 fdh
->elf
.other
+= entry_vis
- descr_vis
;
4269 else if (entry_vis
> descr_vis
)
4270 eh
->elf
.other
+= descr_vis
- entry_vis
;
4272 /* Propagate reference flags from entry symbol to function
4273 descriptor symbol. */
4274 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
;
4275 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4276 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
4277 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
4279 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
4280 && fdh
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
4281 && fdh
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
4282 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4283 || fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
4284 || fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
)
4285 && (eh
->elf
.ref_regular
4286 || eh
->elf
.def_regular
))
4288 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
4296 /* Set up opd section info and abiversion for IBFD, and process list
4297 of dot-symbols we made in link_hash_newfunc. */
4300 ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4302 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4303 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**p
, *eh
;
4304 asection
*opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
4306 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0)
4308 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
4309 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
= sec_opd
;
4311 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4312 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 1);
4313 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) >= 2)
4315 /* xgettext:c-format */
4316 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB .opd not allowed in ABI version %d"),
4317 ibfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4318 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4323 if (is_ppc64_elf (info
->output_bfd
))
4325 /* For input files without an explicit abiversion in e_flags
4326 we should have flagged any with symbol st_other bits set
4327 as ELFv1 and above flagged those with .opd as ELFv2.
4328 Set the output abiversion if not yet set, and for any input
4329 still ambiguous, take its abiversion from the output.
4330 Differences in ABI are reported later. */
4331 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 0)
4332 set_abiversion (info
->output_bfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4333 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4334 set_abiversion (ibfd
, abiversion (info
->output_bfd
));
4337 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4341 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0
4342 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4343 && (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
4344 && opd
->reloc_count
!= 0
4345 && !bfd_is_abs_section (opd
->output_section
)
4346 && info
->gc_sections
)
4348 /* Garbage collection needs some extra help with .opd sections.
4349 We don't want to necessarily keep everything referenced by
4350 relocs in .opd, as that would keep all functions. Instead,
4351 if we reference an .opd symbol (a function descriptor), we
4352 want to keep the function code symbol's section. This is
4353 easy for global symbols, but for local syms we need to keep
4354 information about the associated function section. */
4356 asection
**opd_sym_map
;
4357 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4358 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
, *rel_end
, *rel
;
4360 amt
= OPD_NDX (opd
->size
) * sizeof (*opd_sym_map
);
4361 opd_sym_map
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, amt
);
4362 if (opd_sym_map
== NULL
)
4364 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->u
.opd
.func_sec
= opd_sym_map
;
4365 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, opd
, NULL
, NULL
,
4369 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4370 rel_end
= relocs
+ opd
->reloc_count
- 1;
4371 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4373 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4374 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4376 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
4377 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
4378 && r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4380 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4383 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
, ibfd
,
4387 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4392 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4393 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= opd
)
4394 opd_sym_map
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = s
;
4397 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4401 p
= &htab
->dot_syms
;
4402 while ((eh
= *p
) != NULL
)
4405 if (&eh
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4407 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
== NULL
4408 && strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
, ".TOC.") == 0)
4409 htab
->elf
.hgot
= &eh
->elf
;
4410 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) <= 1)
4412 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 1;
4413 if (!add_symbol_adjust (eh
, info
))
4416 p
= &eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
;
4421 /* Undo hash table changes when an --as-needed input file is determined
4422 not to be needed. */
4425 ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
4426 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4427 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
4429 if (act
== notice_not_needed
)
4431 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4436 htab
->dot_syms
= NULL
;
4438 return _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (ibfd
, info
, act
);
4441 /* If --just-symbols against a final linked binary, then assume we need
4442 toc adjusting stubs when calling functions defined there. */
4445 ppc64_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4447 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
4448 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0
4449 && is_ppc64_elf (sec
->owner
))
4451 if (abiversion (sec
->owner
) >= 2
4452 || bfd_get_section_by_name (sec
->owner
, ".opd") != NULL
)
4453 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4455 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (sec
, info
);
4458 static struct plt_entry
**
4459 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
4460 unsigned long r_symndx
, bfd_vma r_addend
, int tls_type
)
4462 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (abfd
);
4463 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4464 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
4466 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4468 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4470 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_ents
)
4471 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
4472 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
4473 local_got_ents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
4474 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4476 elf_local_got_ents (abfd
) = local_got_ents
;
4479 if ((tls_type
& (NON_GOT
| TLS_EXPLICIT
)) == 0)
4481 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4483 for (ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4484 if (ent
->addend
== r_addend
4485 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4486 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4490 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4491 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4494 ent
->next
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
4495 ent
->addend
= r_addend
;
4497 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4498 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4499 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4500 local_got_ents
[r_symndx
] = ent
;
4502 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4505 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4506 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4507 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
4509 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
4513 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
, bfd_vma addend
)
4515 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4517 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4518 if (ent
->addend
== addend
)
4522 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4523 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4527 ent
->addend
= addend
;
4528 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
4531 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
4536 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4538 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
4539 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
4540 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
4541 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
4542 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
4543 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR24
4544 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14
4545 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
4546 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
4547 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
4548 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
);
4551 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
4554 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4556 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
4557 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
4558 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
4559 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
4560 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
4561 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
4562 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
4563 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
);
4566 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4567 calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure
4568 linkage table, and dynamic reloc sections. */
4571 ppc64_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4572 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
4574 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4575 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4576 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4577 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
4578 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
4580 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *dottga
;
4583 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4586 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (abfd
));
4588 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4592 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4593 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4594 dottga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
4595 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4596 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4597 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4599 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
4600 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4601 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4603 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4604 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4605 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
4607 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*ppc64_sec
;
4608 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
4610 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4611 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4615 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4616 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
4618 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4619 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4622 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4626 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
4627 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
4628 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
4630 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
4631 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
4632 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
4633 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4634 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
4635 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
4636 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
4637 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
4638 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4639 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4640 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
4641 htab
->has_power10_relocs
= 1;
4649 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4650 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4651 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4652 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4653 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4654 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4655 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4656 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4657 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4658 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4659 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4660 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4661 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4662 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4663 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4664 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4665 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4666 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4667 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4668 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4677 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4680 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4685 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
4690 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4692 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4694 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
4705 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
4706 its parameter symbol. */
4708 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
4710 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4712 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4714 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4717 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4718 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4719 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4720 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4721 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
4722 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4725 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4726 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4727 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4728 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4729 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
4730 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4733 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
4734 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4735 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4736 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4737 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
4738 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4739 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4740 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4743 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
4744 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4745 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
4746 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4747 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
4748 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4750 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4754 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4755 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
4756 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4757 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
4758 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4759 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4761 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
4762 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4763 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
4764 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
4765 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
4766 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
4767 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16
4768 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
)
4770 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4771 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4774 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
== NULL
4775 && !create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
4780 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
4781 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4783 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4784 for (ent
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4785 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
4786 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4787 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4791 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4792 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4795 ent
->next
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4796 ent
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4798 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4799 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4800 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4801 eh
->elf
.got
.glist
= ent
;
4803 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4804 eh
->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
4807 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
4808 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4809 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
4813 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4814 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
4815 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4816 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4817 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4818 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4821 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
4826 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4827 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4828 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4829 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
4830 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4832 if (plt_list
== NULL
)
4833 plt_list
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4835 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
4836 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4840 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
4841 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
4842 section relative. */
4843 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
4844 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
4845 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
4846 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
4847 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
4848 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
4849 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
4850 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
4851 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
4852 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
4853 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
4854 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4855 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
4856 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
4857 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
4858 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
4859 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
4860 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
4865 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
4866 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
4867 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
4868 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
4869 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
4870 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
4871 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
4872 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
4873 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
4874 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
4875 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
4876 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
4877 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
4878 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
4881 /* Not supported as a dynamic relocation. */
4882 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
4883 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4885 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
4887 /* xgettext:c-format */
4888 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc unsupported "
4889 "in shared libraries and PIEs\n"),
4890 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
4891 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
4892 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4898 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
4899 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4900 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4902 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4903 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
4904 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4905 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4906 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4907 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
4909 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
4911 /* Strongly prefer a copy reloc over a dynamic reloc.
4912 glibc ld.so as of 2019-08 will error out if one of
4913 these relocations is emitted. */
4923 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
4924 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
4925 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4926 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
4930 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
4931 used. Record for later use during GC. */
4932 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4933 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
4938 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
4939 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
4941 asection
*dest
= NULL
;
4943 /* Heuristic: If jumping outside our section, chances are
4944 we are going to need a stub. */
4947 /* If the sym is weak it may be overridden later, so
4948 don't assume we know where a weak sym lives. */
4949 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
4950 dest
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4954 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4956 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
4961 dest
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4965 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_14bit_branch
= 1;
4969 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
4970 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
4971 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
= 1;
4975 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
4981 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4982 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4983 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4985 if (h
== tga
|| h
== dottga
)
4987 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4989 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSGD
4990 || ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
4991 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with
4995 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
4996 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4998 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
5001 /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
5002 refers to is in a shared lib. */
5004 && !update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
5008 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
5009 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
5010 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
5011 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
5014 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
5015 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
5016 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5017 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5020 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
5021 if (rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5022 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
5023 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
5024 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
5026 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
5029 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
5030 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
5032 && rel
[-1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
)
5033 && rel
[-1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
- 8)
5034 /* This is the second reloc of a dtpmod, dtprel pair.
5035 Don't mark with TLS_DTPREL. */
5039 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5041 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
& 0xff;
5043 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
5044 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
5047 ppc64_sec
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
);
5048 if (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
5052 /* One extra to simplify get_tls_mask. */
5053 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (unsigned) / 8 + sizeof (unsigned);
5054 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5055 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
== NULL
)
5057 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (bfd_vma
) / 8;
5058 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5059 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
== NULL
)
5061 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
5062 ppc64_sec
->sec_type
= sec_toc
;
5064 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
% 8 == 0);
5065 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = r_symndx
;
5066 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = rel
->r_addend
;
5068 /* Mark the second slot of a GD or LD entry.
5069 -1 to indicate GD and -2 to indicate LD. */
5070 if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
5071 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -1;
5072 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5073 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -2;
5076 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
5077 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
5078 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
5079 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
5080 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
5081 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
5082 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
5083 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
5084 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5086 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
5087 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
5088 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
5089 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
5090 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
5091 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5092 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5095 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
5097 && rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5098 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5101 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5105 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
5106 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
5107 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
5108 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
5109 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
5110 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
5111 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
5112 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
5113 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
5114 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
5115 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
5116 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
5118 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
5119 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
5120 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
5121 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
5122 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
5123 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
5124 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
5126 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
) && abiversion (abfd
) != 1
5127 && rel
->r_addend
== 0)
5129 /* We may need a .plt entry if this reloc refers to a
5130 function in a shared lib. */
5131 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, 0))
5133 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
5140 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
5141 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
5142 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
5143 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
5145 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
5146 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
5149 /* Don't propagate .opd relocs. */
5150 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
5153 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
5154 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
5155 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
5156 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
5157 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
5158 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
5159 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
5160 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
5161 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
5162 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
5163 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
5164 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
5165 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
5166 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
5167 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
5170 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
5171 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
5172 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
5176 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5177 || !h
->def_regular
))
5179 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
5180 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
5181 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5182 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5183 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5186 /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
5187 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
5191 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
5192 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 3, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
5198 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
5199 relocations we need for this symbol. */
5202 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5203 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5205 head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
5207 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
5209 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5219 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5224 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
5225 We really need local syms available to do this
5227 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5228 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5229 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
5232 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5234 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
5239 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5243 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
5244 head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
5245 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
5247 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5249 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5251 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5257 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
5273 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
5274 object file when linking. */
5277 ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5279 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
5280 unsigned long iflags
, oflags
;
5282 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
5285 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc64_elf (obfd
))
5288 if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
5291 iflags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
5292 oflags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
5294 if (iflags
& ~EF_PPC64_ABI
)
5297 /* xgettext:c-format */
5298 (_("%pB uses unknown e_flags 0x%lx"), ibfd
, iflags
);
5299 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5302 else if (iflags
!= oflags
&& iflags
!= 0)
5305 /* xgettext:c-format */
5306 (_("%pB: ABI version %ld is not compatible with ABI version %ld output"),
5307 ibfd
, iflags
, oflags
);
5308 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5312 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
5315 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
5316 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
5320 ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
5322 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
5323 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
5325 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
!= 0)
5329 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = 0x%lx:"),
5330 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
5332 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
) != 0)
5333 fprintf (file
, _(" [abiv%ld]"),
5334 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
);
5341 /* OFFSET in OPD_SEC specifies a function descriptor. Return the address
5342 of the code entry point, and its section, which must be in the same
5343 object as OPD_SEC. Returns (bfd_vma) -1 on error. */
5346 opd_entry_value (asection
*opd_sec
,
5348 asection
**code_sec
,
5350 bfd_boolean in_code_sec
)
5352 bfd
*opd_bfd
= opd_sec
->owner
;
5353 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5354 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
, *look
;
5357 /* No relocs implies we are linking a --just-symbols object, or looking
5358 at a final linked executable with addr2line or somesuch. */
5359 if (opd_sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
5361 bfd_byte
*contents
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
;
5363 if (contents
== NULL
)
5365 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, &contents
))
5366 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5367 ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
= contents
;
5370 /* PR 17512: file: 64b9dfbb. */
5371 if (offset
+ 7 >= opd_sec
->size
|| offset
+ 7 < offset
)
5372 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5374 val
= bfd_get_64 (opd_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
5375 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5377 asection
*sec
, *likely
= NULL
;
5383 && val
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
5389 for (sec
= opd_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5391 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5392 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5397 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5398 *code_off
= val
- likely
->vma
;
5404 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (opd_bfd
));
5406 relocs
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
;
5408 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
5409 /* PR 17512: file: df8e1fd6. */
5411 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5413 /* Go find the opd reloc at the sym address. */
5415 hi
= lo
+ opd_sec
->reloc_count
- 1; /* ignore last reloc */
5419 look
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
5420 if (look
->r_offset
< offset
)
5422 else if (look
->r_offset
> offset
)
5426 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (opd_bfd
);
5428 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (look
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
5429 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((look
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5431 unsigned long symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (look
->r_info
);
5432 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5434 if (symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
5435 && elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
) != NULL
)
5437 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5438 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
5440 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
);
5441 rh
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
5444 rh
= elf_follow_link (rh
);
5445 if (rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5446 && rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5448 if (rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
== opd_bfd
)
5450 val
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5451 sec
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5458 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5460 if (symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
5462 sym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5465 size_t symcnt
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5466 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5471 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) sym
;
5477 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5483 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (opd_bfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5486 BFD_ASSERT ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0);
5487 val
= sym
->st_value
;
5490 val
+= look
->r_addend
;
5491 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5493 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5495 if (in_code_sec
&& *code_sec
!= sec
)
5500 if (sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5501 val
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5510 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
5511 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
5512 otherwise return zero. */
5514 static bfd_size_type
5515 ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
5520 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
5521 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0)
5525 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
5526 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5528 if (strcmp (sym
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
5530 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
= get_opd_info (sym
->section
);
5531 bfd_vma symval
= sym
->value
;
5534 && opd
->adjust
!= NULL
5535 && elf_section_data (sym
->section
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
5537 /* opd_entry_value will use cached relocs that have been
5538 adjusted, but with raw symbols. That means both local
5539 and global symbols need adjusting. */
5540 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (symval
)];
5546 if (opd_entry_value (sym
->section
, symval
,
5547 &sec
, code_off
, TRUE
) == (bfd_vma
) -1)
5549 /* An old ABI binary with dot-syms has a size of 24 on the .opd
5550 symbol. This size has nothing to do with the code size of the
5551 function, which is what we're supposed to return, but the
5552 code size isn't available without looking up the dot-sym.
5553 However, doing that would be a waste of time particularly
5554 since elf_find_function will look at the dot-sym anyway.
5555 Now, elf_find_function will keep the largest size of any
5556 function sym found at the code address of interest, so return
5557 1 here to avoid it incorrectly caching a larger function size
5558 for a small function. This does mean we return the wrong
5559 size for a new-ABI function of size 24, but all that does is
5560 disable caching for such functions. */
5566 if (sym
->section
!= sec
)
5568 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
5575 /* Return true if symbol is a strong function defined in an ELFv2
5576 object with st_other localentry bits of zero, ie. its local entry
5577 point coincides with its global entry point. */
5580 is_elfv2_localentry0 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5583 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
5584 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5585 && (STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& h
->other
) == 0
5586 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
5587 && is_ppc64_elf (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
5588 && abiversion (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
) >= 2);
5591 /* Return true if symbol is defined in a regular object file. */
5594 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5596 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5597 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5598 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
5599 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
5602 /* If FDH is a function descriptor symbol, return the associated code
5603 entry symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5605 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5606 defined_code_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
)
5608 if (fdh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5610 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
->oh
);
5611 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5612 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5618 /* If FH is a function code entry symbol, return the associated
5619 function descriptor symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5621 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5622 defined_func_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
5625 && fh
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5627 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fh
->oh
);
5628 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5629 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5635 /* Given H is a symbol that satisfies is_static_defined, return the
5636 value in the output file. */
5639 defined_sym_val (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5641 return (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
5642 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
5643 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
5646 /* Return true if H matches __tls_get_addr or one of its variants. */
5649 is_tls_get_addr (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5650 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
5652 return (h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
5653 || h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc
->elf
);
5656 static bfd_boolean
func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
5658 /* Garbage collect sections, after first dealing with dot-symbols. */
5661 ppc64_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5663 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5665 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
5667 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
5668 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
5670 return bfd_elf_gc_sections (abfd
, info
);
5673 /* Mark all our entry sym sections, both opd and code section. */
5676 ppc64_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5678 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5679 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
5684 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
5686 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
;
5689 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
->name
,
5690 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
5693 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5694 && eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5697 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5700 sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5701 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5703 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5704 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5705 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5706 &sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5707 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5709 sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5710 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5714 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
5715 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
5719 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5721 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
5722 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5723 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
5724 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
5726 /* Dynamic linking info is on the func descriptor sym. */
5727 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5731 if ((eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5732 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5733 && ((eh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
&& !eh
->elf
.forced_local
)
5734 || ((eh
->elf
.def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (&eh
->elf
))
5735 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_INTERNAL
5736 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_HIDDEN
5737 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
5738 || info
->gc_keep_exported
5739 || info
->export_dynamic
5742 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
,
5743 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))
5744 && (eh
->elf
.versioned
>= versioned
5745 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
5746 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))))
5749 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
5751 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5753 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5754 function code sym section to be marked. */
5755 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5758 code_sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5759 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5761 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5762 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5763 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5764 &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5765 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5771 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
5775 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
5776 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5777 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
5778 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5779 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
5783 /* Syms return NULL if we're marking .opd, so we avoid marking all
5784 function sections, as all functions are referenced in .opd. */
5786 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
5791 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
5792 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
, *fdh
;
5794 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
5797 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5798 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5802 switch (h
->root
.type
)
5804 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
5805 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
5806 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5807 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5810 /* -mcall-aixdesc code references the dot-symbol on
5811 a call reloc. Mark the function descriptor too
5812 against garbage collection. */
5814 if (fdh
->elf
.is_weakalias
)
5815 weakdef (&fdh
->elf
)->mark
= 1;
5819 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5820 function code sym section to be marked. */
5821 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5824 /* They also mark their opd section. */
5825 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5827 rsec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5829 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5830 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5831 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5832 &rsec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5833 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5835 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5838 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
5839 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
5843 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
5849 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
5851 rsec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5852 opd
= get_opd_info (rsec
);
5853 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->func_sec
!= NULL
)
5857 rsec
= opd
->func_sec
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
)];
5864 /* The maximum size of .sfpr. */
5865 #define SFPR_MAX (218*4)
5867 struct sfpr_def_parms
5869 const char name
[12];
5870 unsigned char lo
, hi
;
5871 bfd_byte
*(*write_ent
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5872 bfd_byte
*(*write_tail
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5875 /* Auto-generate _save*, _rest* functions in .sfpr.
5876 If STUB_SEC is non-null, define alias symbols in STUB_SEC
5880 sfpr_define (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5881 const struct sfpr_def_parms
*parm
,
5884 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5886 size_t len
= strlen (parm
->name
);
5887 bfd_boolean writing
= FALSE
;
5893 memcpy (sym
, parm
->name
, len
);
5896 for (i
= parm
->lo
; i
<= parm
->hi
; i
++)
5898 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5900 sym
[len
+ 0] = i
/ 10 + '0';
5901 sym
[len
+ 1] = i
% 10 + '0';
5902 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
,
5903 writing
, TRUE
, TRUE
));
5904 if (stub_sec
!= NULL
)
5907 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5908 && h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
5910 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*s
;
5912 sprintf (buf
, "%08x.%s", stub_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff, sym
);
5913 s
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, buf
, TRUE
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
5916 if (s
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5918 s
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5919 s
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
5920 s
->root
.u
.def
.value
= (stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
5921 + h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
);
5924 s
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5925 s
->forced_local
= 1;
5927 s
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5935 if (!h
->elf
.def_regular
)
5937 h
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5938 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sfpr
;
5939 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5940 h
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
5941 h
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
5943 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->elf
, TRUE
);
5945 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5947 htab
->sfpr
->contents
5948 = bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, SFPR_MAX
);
5949 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5956 bfd_byte
*p
= htab
->sfpr
->contents
+ htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5958 p
= (*parm
->write_ent
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5960 p
= (*parm
->write_tail
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5961 htab
->sfpr
->size
= p
- htab
->sfpr
->contents
;
5969 savegpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5971 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5976 savegpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5978 p
= savegpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5979 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5981 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5986 restgpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5988 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5993 restgpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5995 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5997 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5998 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6002 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 30);
6003 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 31);
6005 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6010 savegpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6012 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6017 savegpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6019 p
= savegpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6020 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6025 restgpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6027 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6032 restgpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6034 p
= restgpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6035 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6040 savefpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6042 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6047 savefpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6049 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6050 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6052 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6057 restfpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6059 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6064 restfpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6066 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6068 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6069 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6073 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 30);
6074 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 31);
6076 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6081 savefpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6083 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6084 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6089 restfpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6091 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6092 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6097 savevr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6099 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6101 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6106 savevr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6108 p
= savevr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6109 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6114 restvr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6116 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6118 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6123 restvr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6125 p
= restvr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6126 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6130 #define STDU_R1_0R1 0xf8210001
6131 #define ADDI_R1_R1 0x38210000
6133 /* Emit prologue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6134 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6137 tls_get_addr_prologue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6141 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
6143 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ 16, p
);
6148 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6151 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(13 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6154 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-128 & 0xffff), p
);
6159 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6162 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(12 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6165 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-96 & 0xffff), p
);
6171 /* Emit epilogue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6172 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6175 tls_get_addr_epilogue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6181 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6183 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (128 - (13 - i
) * 8), p
);
6186 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 128, p
);
6191 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6193 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (96 - (12 - i
) * 8), p
);
6196 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 96, p
);
6199 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| 16, p
);
6201 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6203 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
6208 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to transfer dynamic linking
6209 information on function code symbol entries to their corresponding
6210 function descriptor symbol entries. */
6213 func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
6215 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6216 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6217 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
6218 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
6219 bfd_boolean force_local
;
6221 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6222 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6228 if (fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.'
6229 || fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[1] == '\0')
6233 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6237 /* Find the corresponding function descriptor symbol. */
6238 fdh
= lookup_fdh (fh
, htab
);
6240 /* Resolve undefined references to dot-symbols as the value
6241 in the function descriptor, if we have one in a regular object.
6242 This is to satisfy cases like ".quad .foo". Calls to functions
6243 in dynamic objects are handled elsewhere. */
6244 if ((fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6245 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6246 && (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6247 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6248 && get_opd_info (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
6249 && opd_entry_value (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6250 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
6251 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6252 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
6254 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= fdh
->elf
.root
.type
;
6255 fh
->elf
.forced_local
= 1;
6256 fh
->elf
.def_regular
= fdh
->elf
.def_regular
;
6257 fh
->elf
.def_dynamic
= fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
;
6260 if (!fh
->elf
.dynamic
)
6262 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6264 for (ent
= fh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6265 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6271 /* Create a descriptor as undefined if necessary. */
6273 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
6274 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6275 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6277 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, fh
);
6282 /* We can't support overriding of symbols on a fake descriptor. */
6285 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6286 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6287 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
, TRUE
);
6289 /* Transfer dynamic linking information to the function descriptor. */
6292 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
6293 fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
6294 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
6295 fdh
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= fh
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
6296 fdh
->elf
.dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.dynamic
;
6297 fdh
->elf
.needs_plt
|= (fh
->elf
.needs_plt
6298 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_FUNC
6299 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
6300 move_plt_plist (fh
, fdh
);
6302 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
6303 && fh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
6304 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
6308 /* Now that the info is on the function descriptor, clear the
6309 function code sym info. Any function code syms for which we
6310 don't have a definition in a regular file, we force local.
6311 This prevents a shared library from exporting syms that have
6312 been imported from another library. Function code syms that
6313 are really in the library we must leave global to prevent the
6314 linker dragging in a definition from a static library. */
6315 force_local
= (!fh
->elf
.def_regular
6317 || !fdh
->elf
.def_regular
6318 || fdh
->elf
.forced_local
);
6319 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6324 static const struct sfpr_def_parms save_res_funcs
[] =
6326 { "_savegpr0_", 14, 31, savegpr0
, savegpr0_tail
},
6327 { "_restgpr0_", 14, 29, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6328 { "_restgpr0_", 30, 31, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6329 { "_savegpr1_", 14, 31, savegpr1
, savegpr1_tail
},
6330 { "_restgpr1_", 14, 31, restgpr1
, restgpr1_tail
},
6331 { "_savefpr_", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr0_tail
},
6332 { "_restfpr_", 14, 29, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6333 { "_restfpr_", 30, 31, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6334 { "._savef", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr1_tail
},
6335 { "._restf", 14, 31, restfpr
, restfpr1_tail
},
6336 { "_savevr_", 20, 31, savevr
, savevr_tail
},
6337 { "_restvr_", 20, 31, restvr
, restvr_tail
}
6340 /* Called near the start of bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. We use
6341 this hook to a) provide some gcc support functions, and b) transfer
6342 dynamic linking information gathered so far on function code symbol
6343 entries, to their corresponding function descriptor symbol entries. */
6346 ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6347 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6349 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6351 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6355 /* Provide any missing _save* and _rest* functions. */
6356 if (htab
->sfpr
!= NULL
)
6360 htab
->sfpr
->size
= 0;
6361 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
6362 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], NULL
))
6364 if (htab
->sfpr
->size
== 0)
6365 htab
->sfpr
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6368 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
6371 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6373 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, htab
->elf
.hgot
, TRUE
);
6374 /* Make .TOC. defined so as to prevent it being made dynamic.
6375 The wrong value here is fixed later in ppc64_elf_set_toc. */
6376 if (!htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
6377 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
6379 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6380 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6381 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6382 htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
= 1;
6383 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
6385 htab
->elf
.hgot
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6386 htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
6387 = (htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
6390 if (htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
6392 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
6393 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
6399 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
6400 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
6401 size_dynamic_sections. */
6404 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6406 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6409 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
6411 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
6413 while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
6418 /* Return whether EH has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
6421 pc_dynrelocs (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
)
6423 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6425 for (p
= eh
->elf
.dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
6426 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
6431 /* Return true if a global entry stub will be created for H. Valid
6432 for ELFv2 before plt entries have been allocated. */
6435 global_entry_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6437 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
6439 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6443 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
6444 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0
6445 && pent
->addend
== 0)
6451 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6452 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6453 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6454 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6458 ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6459 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6461 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6464 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6468 /* Deal with function syms. */
6469 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6470 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6473 bfd_boolean local
= (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->save_res
6474 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6475 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
6476 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
6477 function symbol is local and not an ifunc. We keep dynamic
6478 relocs for ifuncs when local rather than always emitting a
6479 plt call stub for them and defining the symbol on the call
6480 stub. We can't do that for ELFv1 anyway (a function symbol
6481 is defined on a descriptor, not code) and it can be faster at
6482 run-time due to not needing to bounce through a stub. The
6483 dyn_relocs for ifuncs will be applied even in a static
6485 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
6486 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6488 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6490 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
6491 won't need a .plt entry. */
6492 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6493 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6494 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6497 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6499 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
6500 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
6501 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
6503 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6505 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6507 else if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) >= 2)
6509 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
6510 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
6511 executable on a global entry stub. A dynamic reloc can
6512 be used instead. The reason we prefer a few more dynamic
6513 relocs is that calling via a global entry stub costs a
6514 few more instructions, and pointer_equality_needed causes
6515 extra work in ld.so when resolving these symbols. */
6516 if (global_entry_stub (h
))
6518 if (!_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6520 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6521 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
6522 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6524 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6526 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
6527 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
6528 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
6529 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6532 /* ELFv2 function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
6535 else if (!h
->needs_plt
6536 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6538 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol isn't an
6539 ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6540 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6541 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6546 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6548 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6549 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6550 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6551 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
6553 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
6554 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6555 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6556 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6557 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
6558 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
6559 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6563 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
6564 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
6565 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
6566 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
6567 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
6570 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
6571 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
6572 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
6575 /* Don't generate a copy reloc for symbols defined in the executable. */
6576 if (!h
->def_dynamic
|| !h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_regular
6578 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, don't generate them either. */
6579 || info
->nocopyreloc
6581 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
6582 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
6583 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
6585 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6587 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
6588 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
6589 definition for the variable. Text relocations are preferable
6590 to an incorrect program. */
6591 || h
->protected_def
)
6594 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6595 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6597 /* .dynbss copies of function symbols only work if we have
6598 ELFv1 dot-symbols. ELFv1 compilers since 2004 default to not
6599 use dot-symbols and set the function symbol size to the text
6600 size of the function rather than the size of the descriptor.
6601 That's wrong for copying a descriptor. */
6602 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
== NULL
6603 || !(h
->size
== 24 || h
->size
== 16))
6606 /* We should never get here, but unfortunately there are old
6607 versions of gcc (circa gcc-3.2) that improperly for the
6608 ELFv1 ABI put initialized function pointers, vtable refs and
6609 suchlike in read-only sections. Allow them to proceed, but
6610 warn that this might break at runtime. */
6611 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6612 (_("%P: copy reloc against `%pT' requires lazy plt linking; "
6613 "avoid setting LD_BIND_NOW=1 or upgrade gcc\n"),
6614 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6617 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6618 is not a function. */
6620 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
6621 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
6622 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
6623 object will contain position independent code, so all references
6624 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
6625 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
6626 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
6627 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
6628 same memory location for the variable. */
6629 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
6631 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
6632 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
6636 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
6637 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
6639 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
6641 /* We must generate a R_PPC64_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
6642 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
6643 and into the runtime process image. */
6644 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
6648 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
6649 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6650 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
6653 /* If given a function descriptor symbol, hide both the function code
6654 sym and the descriptor. */
6656 ppc64_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6657 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6658 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6660 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6661 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, force_local
);
6663 if (ppc_hash_table (info
) == NULL
)
6666 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6667 if (eh
->is_func_descriptor
)
6669 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= eh
->oh
;
6674 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6677 /* We aren't supposed to use alloca in BFD because on
6678 systems which do not have alloca the version in libiberty
6679 calls xmalloc, which might cause the program to crash
6680 when it runs out of memory. This function doesn't have a
6681 return status, so there's no way to gracefully return an
6682 error. So cheat. We know that string[-1] can be safely
6683 accessed; It's either a string in an ELF string table,
6684 or allocated in an objalloc structure. */
6686 p
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
- 1;
6689 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6693 /* Unfortunately, if it so happens that the string we were
6694 looking for was allocated immediately before this string,
6695 then we overwrote the string terminator. That's the only
6696 reason the lookup should fail. */
6699 q
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ strlen (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
6700 while (q
>= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *q
== *p
)
6702 if (q
< eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *p
== '.')
6703 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6713 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6718 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
6719 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
6721 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6722 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6723 unsigned long r_symndx
,
6726 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
6728 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6730 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
6731 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6733 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6734 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
6742 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6744 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
6745 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6746 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6747 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6751 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6752 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
6756 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6757 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
6759 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6761 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6762 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6763 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6764 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
6765 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
6766 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6768 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
6770 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
6778 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6779 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
6781 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6783 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
6784 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
6787 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
6788 if (lgot_ents
!= NULL
)
6790 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6791 (lgot_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6792 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
6793 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6794 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
6796 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
6802 /* Returns TLS_MASKP for the given REL symbol. Function return is 0 on
6803 error, 2 on a toc GD type suitable for optimization, 3 on a toc LD
6804 type suitable for optimization, and 1 otherwise. */
6807 get_tls_mask (unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6808 unsigned long *toc_symndx
,
6809 bfd_vma
*toc_addend
,
6810 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6811 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6814 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6816 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6817 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6821 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6822 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6825 if ((*tls_maskp
!= NULL
6826 && (**tls_maskp
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
6827 && **tls_maskp
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
6829 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) == NULL
6830 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
6833 /* Look inside a TOC section too. */
6836 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6837 off
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6840 off
= sym
->st_value
;
6841 off
+= rel
->r_addend
;
6842 BFD_ASSERT (off
% 8 == 0);
6843 r_symndx
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8];
6844 next_r
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8 + 1];
6845 if (toc_symndx
!= NULL
)
6846 *toc_symndx
= r_symndx
;
6847 if (toc_addend
!= NULL
)
6848 *toc_addend
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.add
[off
/ 8];
6849 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6851 if ((h
== NULL
|| is_static_defined (h
))
6852 && (next_r
== -1 || next_r
== -2))
6857 /* Find (or create) an entry in the tocsave hash table. */
6859 static struct tocsave_entry
*
6860 tocsave_find (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
6861 enum insert_option insert
,
6862 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6863 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
,
6866 unsigned long r_indx
;
6867 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6868 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6869 struct tocsave_entry ent
, *p
;
6871 struct tocsave_entry
**slot
;
6873 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
6874 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &ent
.sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_indx
, ibfd
))
6876 if (ent
.sec
== NULL
|| ent
.sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6879 (_("%pB: undefined symbol on R_PPC64_TOCSAVE relocation"), ibfd
);
6884 ent
.offset
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6886 ent
.offset
= sym
->st_value
;
6887 ent
.offset
+= irela
->r_addend
;
6889 hash
= tocsave_htab_hash (&ent
);
6890 slot
= ((struct tocsave_entry
**)
6891 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
->tocsave_htab
, &ent
, hash
, insert
));
6897 p
= (struct tocsave_entry
*) bfd_alloc (ibfd
, sizeof (*p
));
6906 /* Adjust all global syms defined in opd sections. In gcc generated
6907 code for the old ABI, these will already have been done. */
6910 adjust_opd_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6912 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6914 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
6916 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6919 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6920 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6923 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6924 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
6927 sym_sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6928 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
6929 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
6931 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
)];
6934 /* This entry has been deleted. */
6935 asection
*dsec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
;
6938 for (dsec
= sym_sec
->owner
->sections
; dsec
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
6939 if (discarded_section (dsec
))
6941 ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
= dsec
;
6945 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6946 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= dsec
;
6949 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
+= adjust
;
6950 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
6955 /* Handles decrementing dynamic reloc counts for the reloc specified by
6956 R_INFO in section SEC. If LOCAL_SYMS is NULL, then H and SYM
6957 have already been determined. */
6960 dec_dynrel_count (bfd_vma r_info
,
6962 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6963 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6964 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6965 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6967 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
6968 asection
*sym_sec
= NULL
;
6970 /* Can this reloc be dynamic? This switch, and later tests here
6971 should be kept in sync with the code in check_relocs. */
6972 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (r_info
);
6979 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
6980 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
6981 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
6982 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
6983 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
6988 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
6989 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
6990 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
6991 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
6992 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
6993 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
6994 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
6995 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
6996 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
6997 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
6998 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
6999 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
7000 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
7001 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
7002 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
7003 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
7004 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
7008 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
7009 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7010 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7011 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
7012 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
7013 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
7014 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
7015 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
7016 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
7017 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
7018 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
7019 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
7020 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
7021 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
7022 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
7023 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
7024 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
7025 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
7026 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
7027 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
7030 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
7031 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
7032 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
7033 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
7034 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
7035 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
7036 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
7041 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
7043 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7044 bfd
*ibfd
= sec
->owner
;
7046 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (r_info
);
7047 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
7052 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
7053 || !h
->def_regular
))
7055 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
7056 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
7057 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7058 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7059 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7061 ? h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
7062 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)))
7069 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7070 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7071 pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
7073 /* elf_gc_sweep may have already removed all dyn relocs associated
7074 with local syms for a given section. Also, symbol flags are
7075 changed by elf_gc_sweep_symbol, confusing the test above. Don't
7076 report a dynreloc miscount. */
7077 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7080 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7084 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7096 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7097 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7099 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
7101 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
7102 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7103 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
7106 vpp
= &elf_section_data (sym_sec
)->local_dynrel
;
7107 pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
7109 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7112 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7113 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7115 if (p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
== is_ifunc
)
7126 /* xgettext:c-format */
7127 _bfd_error_handler (_("dynreloc miscount for %pB, section %pA"),
7129 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7133 /* Remove unused Official Procedure Descriptor entries. Currently we
7134 only remove those associated with functions in discarded link-once
7135 sections, or weakly defined functions that have been overridden. It
7136 would be possible to remove many more entries for statically linked
7140 ppc64_elf_edit_opd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7143 bfd_boolean some_edited
= FALSE
;
7144 asection
*need_pad
= NULL
;
7145 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7147 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7151 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7154 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7155 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7156 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7157 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
7158 bfd_boolean need_edit
, add_aux_fields
, broken
;
7159 bfd_size_type cnt_16b
= 0;
7161 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7164 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
7165 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->size
== 0)
7168 if (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
7171 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7174 /* Look through the section relocs. */
7175 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
7179 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7181 /* Read the relocations. */
7182 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7184 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7187 /* First run through the relocs to check they are sane, and to
7188 determine whether we need to edit this opd section. */
7192 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7193 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7195 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7196 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7198 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7199 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7202 /* .opd contains an array of 16 or 24 byte entries. We're
7203 only interested in the reloc pointing to a function entry
7205 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7206 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7207 || rel
[1].r_offset
!= offset
+ 8)
7209 /* If someone messes with .opd alignment then after a
7210 "ld -r" we might have padding in the middle of .opd.
7211 Also, there's nothing to prevent someone putting
7212 something silly in .opd with the assembler. No .opd
7213 optimization for them! */
7216 (_("%pB: .opd is not a regular array of opd entries"), ibfd
);
7221 if ((r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_ADDR64
7222 || (r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_TOC
)
7225 /* xgettext:c-format */
7226 (_("%pB: unexpected reloc type %u in .opd section"),
7232 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7233 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7237 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
->owner
== NULL
)
7239 const char *sym_name
;
7241 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7243 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
,
7247 /* xgettext:c-format */
7248 (_("%pB: undefined sym `%s' in .opd section"),
7254 /* opd entries are always for functions defined in the
7255 current input bfd. If the symbol isn't defined in the
7256 input bfd, then we won't be using the function in this
7257 bfd; It must be defined in a linkonce section in another
7258 bfd, or is weak. It's also possible that we are
7259 discarding the function due to a linker script /DISCARD/,
7260 which we test for via the output_section. */
7261 if (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7262 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7266 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7267 || (rel
+ 2 < relend
7268 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7273 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 24)
7278 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 16)
7285 else if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7286 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[0].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
7287 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
7289 if (rel
[0].r_offset
== offset
+ 16)
7291 else if (rel
[0].r_offset
!= offset
+ 24)
7298 add_aux_fields
= htab
->params
->non_overlapping_opd
&& cnt_16b
> 0;
7300 if (!broken
&& (need_edit
|| add_aux_fields
))
7302 Elf_Internal_Rela
*write_rel
;
7303 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7304 bfd_byte
*rptr
, *wptr
;
7305 bfd_byte
*new_contents
;
7308 new_contents
= NULL
;
7309 amt
= OPD_NDX (sec
->size
) * sizeof (long);
7310 opd
= &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
7311 opd
->adjust
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
, amt
);
7312 if (opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
7315 /* This seems a waste of time as input .opd sections are all
7316 zeros as generated by gcc, but I suppose there's no reason
7317 this will always be so. We might start putting something in
7318 the third word of .opd entries. */
7319 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7322 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, sec
, &loc
))
7326 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7328 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7332 sec
->contents
= loc
;
7333 sec
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7336 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
7338 new_contents
= sec
->contents
;
7341 new_contents
= bfd_malloc (sec
->size
+ cnt_16b
* 8);
7342 if (new_contents
== NULL
)
7346 wptr
= new_contents
;
7347 rptr
= sec
->contents
;
7348 write_rel
= relstart
;
7349 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7351 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7353 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7354 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= NULL
;
7355 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7357 Elf_Internal_Rela
*next_rel
;
7360 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7361 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7366 if (next_rel
+ 1 == relend
7367 || (next_rel
+ 2 < relend
7368 && ELF64_R_TYPE (next_rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7371 /* See if the .opd entry is full 24 byte or
7372 16 byte (with fd_aux entry overlapped with next
7375 if (next_rel
== relend
)
7377 if (sec
->size
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7380 else if (next_rel
->r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7384 && h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.')
7386 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
;
7389 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
7390 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
7391 && fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7396 skip
= (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7397 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
);
7400 if (fdh
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->owner
== ibfd
)
7402 /* Arrange for the function descriptor sym
7404 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7405 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= sym_sec
;
7407 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = -1;
7409 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7414 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
7418 if (++rel
== next_rel
)
7421 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7422 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7429 /* We'll be keeping this opd entry. */
7434 /* Redefine the function descriptor symbol to
7435 this location in the opd section. It is
7436 necessary to update the value here rather
7437 than using an array of adjustments as we do
7438 for local symbols, because various places
7439 in the generic ELF code use the value
7440 stored in u.def.value. */
7441 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7442 fdh
->adjust_done
= 1;
7445 /* Local syms are a bit tricky. We could
7446 tweak them as they can be cached, but
7447 we'd need to look through the local syms
7448 for the function descriptor sym which we
7449 don't have at the moment. So keep an
7450 array of adjustments. */
7451 adjust
= (wptr
- new_contents
) - (rptr
- sec
->contents
);
7452 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = adjust
;
7455 memcpy (wptr
, rptr
, opd_ent_size
);
7456 wptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7457 if (add_aux_fields
&& opd_ent_size
== 16)
7459 memset (wptr
, '\0', 8);
7463 /* We need to adjust any reloc offsets to point to the
7465 for ( ; rel
!= next_rel
; ++rel
)
7467 rel
->r_offset
+= adjust
;
7468 if (write_rel
!= rel
)
7469 memcpy (write_rel
, rel
, sizeof (*rel
));
7474 rptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7477 sec
->size
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7478 sec
->reloc_count
= write_rel
- relstart
;
7481 free (sec
->contents
);
7482 sec
->contents
= new_contents
;
7485 /* Fudge the header size too, as this is used later in
7486 elf_bfd_final_link if we are emitting relocs. */
7487 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec
);
7488 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= sec
->reloc_count
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
7491 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7494 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7495 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7497 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7500 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7505 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_opd_syms
, NULL
);
7507 /* If we are doing a final link and the last .opd entry is just 16 byte
7508 long, add a 8 byte padding after it. */
7509 if (need_pad
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7513 if ((need_pad
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7515 BFD_ASSERT (need_pad
->size
> 0);
7517 p
= bfd_malloc (need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7521 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (need_pad
->owner
, need_pad
,
7522 p
, 0, need_pad
->size
))
7525 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7526 need_pad
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7530 p
= bfd_realloc (need_pad
->contents
, need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7534 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7537 memset (need_pad
->contents
+ need_pad
->size
, 0, 8);
7538 need_pad
->size
+= 8;
7544 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
7545 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
7548 ppc64_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7550 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7553 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
7555 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7559 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
7560 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
7561 between the call and its destination. */
7562 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
7564 limit
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
7570 limit
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
7577 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7578 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
7580 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
7582 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
7583 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
7586 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
7587 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
7589 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
7591 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
7595 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
7596 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
7597 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
7598 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
7599 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
7600 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
7601 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
7602 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
7603 particular R_PPC64_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
7604 call, for each of the R_PPC64_PLTSEQ and R_PPC64_PLT16* insns in
7605 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
7606 together except their symbol. */
7608 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7610 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7611 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7613 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7617 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7619 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7620 if (ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
7621 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7623 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7625 /* Read the relocations. */
7626 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7628 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7631 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7632 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7634 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7635 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7637 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7638 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7639 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
7641 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7642 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
7643 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
7646 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7647 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
7650 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7652 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (bfd_byte
*) local_syms
)
7657 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7661 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7664 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
7665 + sym_sec
->output_offset
7666 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7667 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7668 + sec
->output_offset
7669 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7670 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
7671 && !(r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
7672 && (((h
? h
->other
: sym
->st_other
)
7673 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
7674 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
7675 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
7678 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7682 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7683 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7685 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7688 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7695 /* Set htab->tls_get_addr and call the generic ELF tls_setup function. */
7698 ppc64_elf_tls_setup (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7700 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7701 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *tga_fd
, *desc
, *desc_fd
;
7703 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7707 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 1)
7710 if (htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
)
7711 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 0;
7712 else if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
7713 htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
= 1;
7715 /* Default to --no-plt-localentry, as this option can cause problems
7716 with symbol interposition. For example, glibc libpthread.so and
7717 libc.so duplicate many pthread symbols, with a fallback
7718 implementation in libc.so. In some cases the fallback does more
7719 work than the pthread implementation. __pthread_condattr_destroy
7720 is one such symbol: the libpthread.so implementation is
7721 localentry:0 while the libc.so implementation is localentry:8.
7722 An app that "cleverly" uses dlopen to only load necessary
7723 libraries at runtime may omit loading libpthread.so when not
7724 running multi-threaded, which then results in the libc.so
7725 fallback symbols being used and ld.so complaining. Now there
7726 are workarounds in ld (see non_zero_localentry) to detect the
7727 pthread situation, but that may not be the only case where
7728 --plt-localentry can cause trouble. */
7729 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
< 0)
7730 htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
= 0;
7731 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
7732 && elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "GLIBC_2.26",
7733 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
7735 (_("warning: --plt-localentry is especially dangerous without "
7736 "ld.so support to detect ABI violations"));
7738 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
7739 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7740 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga
);
7742 /* Move dynamic linking info to the function descriptor sym. */
7744 func_desc_adjust (tga
, info
);
7745 tga_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
7746 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7747 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga_fd
);
7749 desc
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_desc",
7750 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7751 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc
);
7753 func_desc_adjust (desc
, info
);
7754 desc_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_desc",
7755 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7756 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc_fd
);
7758 if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
7760 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *opt_fd
;
7762 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_opt",
7763 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7765 func_desc_adjust (opt
, info
);
7766 opt_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
7767 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7769 && (opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7770 || opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
7772 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
7773 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
7774 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
7775 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
7776 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7778 && (tga_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7779 || tga_fd
->needs_plt
)
7780 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga_fd
)
7781 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga_fd
))))
7783 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7785 && (desc_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7786 || desc_fd
->needs_plt
)
7787 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, desc_fd
)
7788 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, desc_fd
))))
7791 if (tga_fd
!= NULL
|| desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7793 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
7796 for (ent
= tga_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7797 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7799 if (ent
== NULL
&& desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7800 for (ent
= desc_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7801 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7807 tga_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7808 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7809 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7810 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, tga_fd
);
7812 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7814 desc_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7815 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7816 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7817 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, desc_fd
);
7820 if (opt_fd
->dynindx
!= -1)
7822 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
7823 opt_fd
->dynindx
= -1;
7824 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7825 opt_fd
->dynstr_index
);
7826 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt_fd
))
7831 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7832 tga
= &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
;
7833 if (opt
!= NULL
&& tga
!= NULL
)
7835 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7836 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7837 tga
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7838 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
7840 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7842 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7844 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
7845 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7846 if (htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
7848 htab
->tls_get_addr
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
;
7849 htab
->tls_get_addr
->is_func
= 1;
7852 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7854 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7855 if (opt
!= NULL
&& desc
!= NULL
)
7857 desc
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7858 desc
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7859 desc
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7860 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, desc
);
7862 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7863 desc
->forced_local
);
7864 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7866 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc
;
7867 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7868 if (htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
7870 htab
->tga_desc
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
;
7871 htab
->tga_desc
->is_func
= 1;
7877 else if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
< 0)
7878 htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
= 0;
7881 if (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
7882 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
7883 && htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
== -1)
7884 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
= 0;
7886 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (info
->output_bfd
, info
);
7889 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
7890 any of HASH1, HASH2, HASH3, or HASH4. */
7893 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
7894 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7895 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash1
,
7896 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash2
,
7897 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash3
,
7898 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash4
)
7900 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7901 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7902 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7904 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
7906 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
7907 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7909 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
7910 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
7911 if (h
== &hash1
->elf
|| h
== &hash2
->elf
7912 || h
== &hash3
->elf
|| h
== &hash4
->elf
)
7918 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
7919 opportunities. The linker has been hacked (see ppc64elf.em) to do
7920 a preliminary section layout so that we know the TLS segment
7921 offsets. We can't optimize earlier because some optimizations need
7922 to know the tp offset, and we need to optimize before allocating
7923 dynamic relocations. */
7926 ppc64_elf_tls_optimize (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7930 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7931 unsigned char *toc_ref
;
7934 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
7937 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7941 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
7943 /* Make two passes over the relocs. On the first pass, mark toc
7944 entries involved with tls relocs, and check that tls relocs
7945 involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed followed by
7946 such a call. If they are not, we can't do any tls optimization.
7947 On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to notify
7948 relocate_section that optimization can be done, and adjust got
7949 and plt refcounts. */
7951 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
7952 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7954 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= NULL
;
7955 asection
*toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
7957 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7958 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7960 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7961 bfd_boolean found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
7963 /* Read the relocations. */
7964 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7966 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7972 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7973 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7975 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7976 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7977 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7978 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7980 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
7981 unsigned int tls_set
, tls_clear
, tls_type
= 0;
7983 bfd_boolean ok_tprel
, is_local
;
7984 long toc_ref_index
= 0;
7985 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
7986 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7988 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7989 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_mask
, &locsyms
,
7993 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7996 if (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
7997 != (unsigned char *) locsyms
)
8004 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8005 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8006 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8007 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8011 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8016 /* Symbols referenced by TLS relocs must be of type
8017 STT_TLS. So no need for .opd local sym adjust. */
8018 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8021 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
8025 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8027 else if (sym_sec
!= NULL
8028 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8030 value
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8031 value
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8032 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8033 /* Note that even though the prefix insns
8034 allow a 1<<33 offset we use the same test
8035 as for addis;addi. There may be a mix of
8036 pcrel and non-pcrel code and the decision
8037 to optimise is per symbol, not per TLS
8039 ok_tprel
= value
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 1ULL << 32;
8043 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8044 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8045 without marker relocs, then check that each
8046 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
8047 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
8048 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
8049 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
8051 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8053 && is_tls_get_addr (h
, htab
)
8054 && !found_tls_get_addr_arg
8055 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
8057 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
8058 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8059 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8064 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8067 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8068 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8069 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
8070 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8071 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8074 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
8075 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8076 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
8077 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
8078 that turns out to be the case. */
8085 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
8088 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8089 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8090 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
8091 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8092 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8095 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
8096 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8102 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
8104 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
8107 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
8108 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
8109 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
8110 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
8111 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8116 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8117 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
8127 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8128 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
8131 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8133 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8134 != R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
))
8136 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
8137 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &locsyms
,
8142 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8144 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
;
8147 if (ent
->addend
== rel
[1].r_addend
)
8151 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8152 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8157 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8162 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8163 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
!= toc
)
8166 /* Mark this toc entry as referenced by a TLS
8167 code sequence. We can do that now in the
8168 case of R_PPC64_TLS, and after checking for
8169 tls_get_addr for the TOC16 relocs. */
8170 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8172 = bfd_zmalloc (toc
->output_section
->rawsize
/ 8);
8173 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8177 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8179 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8180 value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8183 BFD_ASSERT (value
< toc
->size
8184 && toc
->output_offset
% 8 == 0);
8185 toc_ref_index
= (value
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8;
8186 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
8187 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
8188 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
)
8190 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8194 if (pass
!= 0 && toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] == 0)
8199 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
8202 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
8206 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8211 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8212 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8217 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
8221 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8223 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8225 == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
))
8226 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
8230 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
;
8233 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
| TLS_GDIE
;
8242 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8247 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
8250 unsigned char buf
[4];
8252 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
8253 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
8256 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
8257 /* addis rt,13,imm */
8258 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
8259 != ((15u << 26) | (13 << 16)))
8261 /* xgettext:c-format */
8262 info
->callbacks
->minfo
8263 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
8264 ibfd
, sec
, off
, "R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA", insn
);
8265 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
8270 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
8271 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
8272 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
8273 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
8274 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
8275 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
8276 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
8277 /* These can all be used in sequences along with
8278 TPREL16_LO or TPREL16_LO_DS in ways we aren't
8279 able to verify easily. */
8280 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
8289 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
8290 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8293 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8294 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
8295 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
8300 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 2)
8302 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
8303 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
8306 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, NULL
, NULL
,
8311 if (toc_tls
!= NULL
)
8313 if ((*toc_tls
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
8314 && ((*toc_tls
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0))
8315 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8317 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8323 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
8324 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
8325 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
8326 the entire optimization. */
8327 /* xgettext:c-format */
8328 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
8329 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8330 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8335 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8336 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
8337 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
8338 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
8339 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
8340 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
8341 Disable optimization in this case. */
8342 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
8343 && (tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0
8344 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8345 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
8346 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
8349 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8351 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8353 if (htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
)
8354 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8357 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8360 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8361 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8364 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8367 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
8368 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8371 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8374 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
8375 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8378 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8382 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8383 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8389 if ((tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0)
8391 struct got_entry
*ent
;
8393 /* Adjust got entry for this reloc. */
8397 ent
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
)[r_symndx
];
8399 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
8400 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
8401 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
8402 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
8409 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
8410 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
8411 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
8416 /* If we got rid of a DTPMOD/DTPREL reloc pair then
8417 we'll lose one or two dyn relocs. */
8418 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8422 if (tls_set
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
))
8424 if (!dec_dynrel_count ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8430 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
& 0xff;
8431 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
8434 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8439 && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
!= (unsigned char *) locsyms
))
8441 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
8444 elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
= (unsigned char *) locsyms
;
8452 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_edit_toc to adjust
8453 the values of any global symbols in a toc section that has been
8454 edited. Globals in toc sections should be a rarity, so this function
8455 sets a flag if any are found in toc sections other than the one just
8456 edited, so that further hash table traversals can be avoided. */
8458 struct adjust_toc_info
8461 unsigned long *skip
;
8462 bfd_boolean global_toc_syms
;
8465 enum toc_skip_enum
{ ref_from_discarded
= 1, can_optimize
= 2 };
8468 adjust_toc_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8470 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8471 struct adjust_toc_info
*toc_inf
= (struct adjust_toc_info
*) inf
;
8474 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
8475 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8478 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
8479 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
8482 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== toc_inf
->toc
)
8484 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
> toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
)
8485 i
= toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
8487 i
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
>> 3;
8489 if ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
8492 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"), eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
8495 while ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0);
8496 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
8499 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
-= toc_inf
->skip
[i
];
8500 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
8502 else if (strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->name
, ".toc") == 0)
8503 toc_inf
->global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8508 /* Return TRUE iff INSN with a relocation of R_TYPE is one we expect
8509 on a _LO variety toc/got reloc. */
8512 ok_lo_toc_insn (unsigned int insn
, enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
8514 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */
8515 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
8516 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
8517 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
8518 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
8519 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
8520 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
8521 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
8522 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
8523 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
8524 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
8525 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
8526 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
8527 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
8528 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
8529 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq,lfq */
8530 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lxsd,lxssp,lfdp */
8531 /* Exclude lfqu by testing reloc. If relocs are ever
8532 defined for the reduced D field in psq_lu then those
8533 will need testing too. */
8534 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8535 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,lwa */
8537 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 60u << 26 /* stfq */
8538 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* lxv,stx{v,sd,ssp},stfdp */
8539 /* Exclude stfqu. psq_stu as above for psq_lu. */
8540 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8541 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stq */
8542 && (insn
& 1) == 0));
8545 /* PCREL_OPT in one instance flags to the linker that a pair of insns:
8546 pld ra,symbol@got@pcrel
8547 load/store rt,off(ra)
8550 load/store rt,off(ra)
8551 may be translated to
8552 pload/pstore rt,symbol+off@pcrel
8554 This function returns true if the optimization is possible, placing
8555 the prefix insn in *PINSN1, a NOP in *PINSN2 and the offset in *POFF.
8557 On entry to this function, the linker has already determined that
8558 the pld can be replaced with pla: *PINSN1 is that pla insn,
8559 while *PINSN2 is the second instruction. */
8562 xlate_pcrel_opt (uint64_t *pinsn1
, uint64_t *pinsn2
, bfd_signed_vma
*poff
)
8564 uint64_t insn1
= *pinsn1
;
8565 uint64_t insn2
= *pinsn2
;
8568 if ((insn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
8570 /* Check that regs match. */
8571 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8574 /* P8LS or PMLS form, non-pcrel. */
8575 if ((insn2
& (-1ULL << 50) & ~(1ULL << 56)) != (1ULL << 58))
8578 *pinsn1
= (insn2
& ~(31 << 16) & ~0x3ffff0000ffffULL
) | (1ULL << 52);
8580 off
= ((insn2
>> 16) & 0x3ffff0000ULL
) | (insn2
& 0xffff);
8581 *poff
= (off
^ 0x200000000ULL
) - 0x200000000ULL
;
8587 /* Check that regs match. */
8588 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8591 switch ((insn2
>> 26) & 63)
8607 /* These are the PMLS cases, where we just need to tack a prefix
8609 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
8610 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8611 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8614 case 58: /* lwa, ld */
8615 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8617 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8618 | (insn2
& 2 ? 41ULL << 26 : 57ULL << 26)
8619 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8620 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8623 case 57: /* lxsd, lxssp */
8624 if ((insn2
& 3) < 2)
8626 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8627 | ((40ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8628 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8629 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8632 case 61: /* stxsd, stxssp, lxv, stxv */
8633 if ((insn2
& 3) == 0)
8635 else if ((insn2
& 3) >= 2)
8637 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8638 | ((44ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8639 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8640 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8644 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8645 | ((50ULL | (insn2
& 4) | ((insn2
& 8) >> 3)) << 26)
8646 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8647 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8652 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8653 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8654 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8657 case 6: /* lxvp, stxvp */
8658 if ((insn2
& 0xe) != 0)
8660 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8661 | ((insn2
& 1) == 0 ? 58ULL << 26 : 62ULL << 26)
8662 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8663 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8666 case 62: /* std, stq */
8667 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8669 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8670 | ((insn2
& 2) == 0 ? 61ULL << 26 : 60ULL << 26)
8671 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8672 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8677 *pinsn2
= (uint64_t) NOP
<< 32;
8678 *poff
= (off
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
8682 /* Examine all relocs referencing .toc sections in order to remove
8683 unused .toc entries. */
8686 ppc64_elf_edit_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8689 struct adjust_toc_info toc_inf
;
8690 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
8692 htab
->do_toc_opt
= 1;
8693 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8694 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
8696 asection
*toc
, *sec
;
8697 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8698 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
8699 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *toc_relocs
;
8700 unsigned long *skip
, *drop
;
8701 unsigned char *used
;
8702 unsigned char *keep
, last
, some_unused
;
8704 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
8707 toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
8710 || toc
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
8711 || discarded_section (toc
))
8716 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
8718 /* Look at sections dropped from the final link. */
8721 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8723 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8724 || !discarded_section (sec
)
8725 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8726 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8727 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8730 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
8731 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8734 /* Run through the relocs to see which toc entries might be
8736 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8738 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8739 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8741 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8742 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8745 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8752 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8753 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8754 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8755 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8756 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8760 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8761 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8769 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8771 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8772 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8774 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8777 /* Anything in the toc ought to be aligned to 8 bytes.
8778 If not, don't mark as unused. */
8784 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8789 skip
[val
>> 3] = ref_from_discarded
;
8792 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8796 /* For largetoc loads of address constants, we can convert
8797 . addis rx,2,addr@got@ha
8798 . ld ry,addr@got@l(rx)
8800 . addis rx,2,addr@toc@ha
8801 . addi ry,rx,addr@toc@l
8802 when addr is within 2G of the toc pointer. This then means
8803 that the word storing "addr" in the toc is no longer needed. */
8805 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
8806 && toc
->output_section
->rawsize
< (bfd_vma
) 1 << 31
8807 && toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
8809 /* Read toc relocs. */
8810 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8812 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
8815 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8817 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8818 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8820 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8821 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8824 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8825 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
8828 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8829 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8834 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
8835 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
8838 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8843 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8845 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8849 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8851 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8853 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8854 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8856 /* We don't yet know the exact toc pointer value, but we
8857 know it will be somewhere in the toc section. Don't
8858 optimize if the difference from any possible toc
8859 pointer is outside [ff..f80008000, 7fff7fff]. */
8860 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
8861 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8864 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ toc
->output_section
->rawsize
;
8865 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8870 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8875 skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8876 |= can_optimize
| ((rel
- toc_relocs
) << 2);
8883 used
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*used
) * (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8);
8887 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
8890 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8892 if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
8898 /* Now check all kept sections that might reference the toc.
8899 Check the toc itself last. */
8900 for (sec
= (ibfd
->sections
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8903 sec
= (sec
== toc
? NULL
8904 : sec
->next
== NULL
? toc
8905 : sec
->next
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8910 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8911 || discarded_section (sec
)
8912 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8913 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8914 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8917 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8919 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8925 /* Mark toc entries referenced as used. */
8929 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8931 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8932 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8934 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8935 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8938 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8942 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8943 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8944 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8945 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8946 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8947 /* In case we're taking addresses of toc entries. */
8948 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
8955 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8956 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8967 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8969 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8970 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8972 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8975 if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
8982 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8985 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8986 off
= rel
->r_offset
;
8987 off
+= (bfd_big_endian (ibfd
) ? -2 : 3);
8988 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, &opc
,
8994 if ((opc
& (0x3f << 2)) == (58u << 2))
8999 /* Wrong sort of reloc, or not a ld. We may
9000 as well clear ref_from_discarded too. */
9007 /* For the toc section, we only mark as used if this
9008 entry itself isn't unused. */
9009 else if ((used
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9010 || !(skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
))
9013 /* Do all the relocs again, to catch reference
9022 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9026 /* Merge the used and skip arrays. Assume that TOC
9027 doublewords not appearing as either used or unused belong
9028 to an entry more than one doubleword in size. */
9029 for (drop
= skip
, keep
= used
, last
= 0, some_unused
= 0;
9030 drop
< skip
+ (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8;
9035 *drop
&= ~ref_from_discarded
;
9036 if ((*drop
& can_optimize
) != 0)
9040 else if ((*drop
& ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9043 last
= ref_from_discarded
;
9053 bfd_byte
*contents
, *src
;
9055 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9056 bfd_boolean local_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
9058 /* Shuffle the toc contents, and at the same time convert the
9059 skip array from booleans into offsets. */
9060 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, toc
, &contents
))
9063 elf_section_data (toc
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
9065 for (src
= contents
, off
= 0, drop
= skip
;
9066 src
< contents
+ toc
->size
;
9069 if ((*drop
& (can_optimize
| ref_from_discarded
)) != 0)
9074 memcpy (src
- off
, src
, 8);
9078 toc
->rawsize
= toc
->size
;
9079 toc
->size
= src
- contents
- off
;
9081 /* Adjust addends for relocs against the toc section sym,
9082 and optimize any accesses we can. */
9083 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9085 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9086 || discarded_section (sec
))
9089 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9091 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9094 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9096 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9097 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9099 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9102 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9109 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9110 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
9111 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9112 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
9113 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9114 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
9118 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9119 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9127 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9130 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9132 local_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
9135 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9137 if (val
> toc
->rawsize
)
9139 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9141 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
9143 Elf_Internal_Rela
*tocrel
9144 = toc_relocs
+ (skip
[val
>> 3] >> 2);
9145 unsigned long tsym
= ELF64_R_SYM (tocrel
->r_info
);
9149 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9150 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
9153 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9154 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
);
9158 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
9160 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9161 /* xgettext:c-format */
9162 (_("%H: %s references "
9163 "optimized away TOC entry\n"),
9164 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
9165 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
9166 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9169 rel
->r_addend
= tocrel
->r_addend
;
9170 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9174 if (h
!= NULL
|| sym
->st_value
!= 0)
9177 rel
->r_addend
-= skip
[val
>> 3];
9178 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9181 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9185 /* We shouldn't have local or global symbols defined in the TOC,
9186 but handle them anyway. */
9187 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
9188 for (sym
= local_syms
;
9189 sym
< local_syms
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9191 if (sym
->st_value
!= 0
9192 && bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
) == toc
)
9196 if (sym
->st_value
> toc
->rawsize
)
9197 i
= toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
9199 i
= sym
->st_value
>> 3;
9201 if ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
9205 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"),
9206 bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, NULL
));
9209 while ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)));
9210 sym
->st_value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
9213 sym
->st_value
-= skip
[i
];
9214 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9217 /* Adjust any global syms defined in this toc input section. */
9218 if (toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
)
9221 toc_inf
.skip
= skip
;
9222 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
9223 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_toc_syms
,
9227 if (toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
9229 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9230 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
9233 /* Remove unused toc relocs, and adjust those we keep. */
9234 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9235 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
9237 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9241 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9242 if ((skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9243 & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) == 0)
9245 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
- skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3];
9246 wrel
->r_info
= rel
->r_info
;
9247 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9250 else if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, toc
, info
,
9251 &local_syms
, NULL
, NULL
))
9254 elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
= toc_relocs
;
9255 toc
->reloc_count
= wrel
- toc_relocs
;
9256 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (toc
);
9257 sz
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9258 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= toc
->reloc_count
* sz
;
9261 else if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
9264 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9265 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9267 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9270 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9275 /* Look for cases where we can change an indirect GOT access to
9276 a GOT relative or PC relative access, possibly reducing the
9277 number of GOT entries. */
9278 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9281 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9282 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
9283 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
9286 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9289 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_optrel
)
9292 sec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9295 got
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
9298 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9300 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9302 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9303 || !ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
9304 || discarded_section (sec
))
9307 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9309 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9312 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9315 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9320 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9322 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9323 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9324 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9326 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9327 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9329 unsigned char buf
[8];
9331 enum {no_check
, check_lo
, check_ha
} insn_check
;
9333 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9337 insn_check
= no_check
;
9340 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
9341 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
9342 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
9343 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
9344 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
9345 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9346 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9347 insn_check
= check_ha
;
9350 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
9351 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
9352 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
9353 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
9354 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
9355 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
9356 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
9357 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9358 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9359 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9360 insn_check
= check_lo
;
9364 if (insn_check
!= no_check
)
9366 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
9368 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
, off
, 4))
9371 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9372 if (insn_check
== check_lo
9373 ? !ok_lo_toc_insn (insn
, r_type
)
9374 : ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9375 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9379 ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
= 1;
9380 sprintf (str
, "%#08x", insn
);
9381 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9382 /* xgettext:c-format */
9383 (_("%H: got/toc optimization is not supported for"
9384 " %s instruction\n"),
9385 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, str
);
9392 /* Note that we don't delete GOT entries for
9393 R_PPC64_GOT16_DS since we'd need a lot more
9394 analysis. For starters, the preliminary layout is
9395 before the GOT, PLT, dynamic sections and stubs are
9396 laid out. Then we'd need to allow for changes in
9397 distance between sections caused by alignment. */
9401 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9402 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9403 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9407 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9408 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9413 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
9414 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
9417 if ((h
? h
->type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9420 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9424 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9426 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9427 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9428 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
9430 /* Fudge factor to allow for the fact that the preliminary layout
9431 isn't exact. Reduce limits by this factor. */
9432 #define LIMIT_ADJUST(LIMIT) ((LIMIT) - (LIMIT) / 16)
9439 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9440 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9441 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9444 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9445 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9447 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9448 if (((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9449 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9453 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9454 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9455 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9457 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9458 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9460 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9461 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) != 58u << 26 /* ld */)
9465 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9467 pc
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9468 if (val
- pc
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 33)
9469 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 34))
9471 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9472 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 8))
9474 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9475 if ((insn
& (-1u << 18)) != ((1u << 26) | (1u << 20)))
9477 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
+ 4);
9478 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 57u << 26)
9488 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9489 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
9491 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9492 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
9493 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
9494 && ent
->tls_type
== 0)
9496 BFD_ASSERT (ent
&& ent
->got
.refcount
> 0);
9497 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
9500 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9504 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9505 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9507 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9510 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9517 /* Return true iff input section I references the TOC using
9518 instructions limited to +/-32k offsets. */
9521 ppc64_elf_has_small_toc_reloc (asection
*i
)
9523 return (is_ppc64_elf (i
->owner
)
9524 && ppc64_elf_tdata (i
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
);
9527 /* Allocate space for one GOT entry. */
9530 allocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9531 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9532 struct got_entry
*gent
)
9534 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9535 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9536 int entsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)
9538 int rentsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_GD
9539 ? 2 : 1) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9540 asection
*got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->got
;
9542 gent
->got
.offset
= got
->size
;
9543 got
->size
+= entsize
;
9545 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9547 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rentsize
;
9548 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rentsize
;
9550 else if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
9551 && !(gent
->tls_type
!= 0
9552 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
9553 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9554 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9556 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9557 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9559 asection
*relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->relgot
;
9560 relgot
->size
+= rentsize
;
9564 /* This function merges got entries in the same toc group. */
9567 merge_got_entries (struct got_entry
**pent
)
9569 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
9571 for (ent
= *pent
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9572 if (!ent
->is_indirect
)
9573 for (ent2
= ent
->next
; ent2
!= NULL
; ent2
= ent2
->next
)
9574 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
9575 && ent2
->addend
== ent
->addend
9576 && ent2
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
9577 && elf_gp (ent2
->owner
) == elf_gp (ent
->owner
))
9579 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
9580 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
9584 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
9587 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9588 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9590 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9592 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
9593 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
9594 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9595 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9598 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
9599 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
9603 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
9607 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9609 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9610 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9612 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
9613 struct got_entry
**pgent
, *gent
;
9615 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9618 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9619 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9623 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9624 /* Run through the TLS GD got entries first if we're changing them
9626 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
))
9627 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9628 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9629 && (gent
->tls_type
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
9631 /* This was a GD entry that has been converted to TPREL. If
9632 there happens to be a TPREL entry we can use that one. */
9633 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9634 for (ent
= h
->got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9635 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9636 && (ent
->tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
) != 0
9637 && ent
->addend
== gent
->addend
9638 && ent
->owner
== gent
->owner
)
9640 gent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
9644 /* If not, then we'll be using our own TPREL entry. */
9645 if (gent
->got
.refcount
!= 0)
9646 gent
->tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
9649 /* Remove any list entry that won't generate a word in the GOT before
9650 we call merge_got_entries. Otherwise we risk merging to empty
9652 pgent
= &h
->got
.glist
;
9653 while ((gent
= *pgent
) != NULL
)
9654 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9656 if ((gent
->tls_type
& TLS_LD
) != 0
9657 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9659 ppc64_tlsld_got (gent
->owner
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
9660 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9663 pgent
= &gent
->next
;
9666 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9668 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
9669 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
9671 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9672 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
9674 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol should
9676 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9679 if (!is_ppc64_elf (gent
->owner
))
9682 allocate_got (h
, info
, gent
);
9685 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
9686 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
9687 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9688 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9689 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9691 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
9692 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9693 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9694 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9696 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
9697 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
9698 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9699 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9701 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9703 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
, **pp
;
9705 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
9706 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to
9707 be defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case,
9708 discard space for relocs that have become local due to symbol
9709 visibility changes. */
9710 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9712 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call
9713 insn, or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that
9714 can be generated via assembly. We want calls to
9715 protected symbols to resolve directly to the function
9716 rather than going via the plt. If people want function
9717 pointer comparisons to work as expected then they should
9718 avoid writing weird assembly. */
9719 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9721 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
9723 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
9732 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9734 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9735 should be made dynamic. */
9736 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9741 /* For a fixed position executable, discard space for
9742 relocs against symbols which are not dynamic. */
9743 else if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9745 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
9747 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9749 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9750 should be made dynamic. */
9751 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9754 /* But if that didn't work out, discard dynamic relocs. */
9755 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
9756 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9759 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9762 /* Finally, allocate space. */
9763 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9765 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9766 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9767 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9768 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9772 /* We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
9775 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
9776 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
9777 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9778 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9779 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
9782 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9783 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
9784 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
9785 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
9787 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9788 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
9789 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9790 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
9792 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9793 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9795 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9798 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9799 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9800 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9805 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9806 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9807 s
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9812 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
9816 s
->size
+= PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9818 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9820 /* Make room for this entry. */
9821 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9823 /* Make room for the .glink code. */
9826 s
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
);
9829 /* We need bigger stubs past index 32767. */
9830 if (s
->size
>= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + 32768*2*4)
9837 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9838 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9841 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9845 pent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9848 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9854 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9861 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
9862 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
9863 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
9865 ((((v) & 0x3ffff0000ULL) << 16) | (v & 0xffff))
9866 #define HA34(v) ((v + (1ULL << 33)) >> 34)
9868 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
9869 to set up space for global entry stubs. These are put in glink,
9870 after the branch table. */
9873 size_global_entry_stubs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9875 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9876 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9877 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9880 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9883 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9890 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9894 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
9895 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9896 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9897 if (pent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
9898 && pent
->addend
== 0)
9900 /* For ELFv2, if this symbol is not defined in a regular file
9901 and we are not generating a shared library or pie, then we
9902 need to define the symbol in the executable on a call stub.
9903 This is to avoid text relocations. */
9904 bfd_vma off
, stub_align
, stub_off
, stub_size
;
9905 unsigned int align_power
;
9909 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
9910 align_power
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9912 align_power
= -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9913 /* Setting section alignment is delayed until we know it is
9914 non-empty. Otherwise the .text output section will be
9915 aligned at least to plt_stub_align even when no global
9916 entry stubs are needed. */
9917 if (s
->alignment_power
< align_power
)
9918 s
->alignment_power
= align_power
;
9919 stub_align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << align_power
;
9920 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0
9921 || ((((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)
9922 - (stub_off
& -stub_align
))
9923 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)))
9924 stub_off
= (stub_off
+ stub_align
- 1) & -stub_align
;
9925 off
= pent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
9926 off
-= stub_off
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
9927 /* Note that for --plt-stub-align negative we have a possible
9928 dependency between stub offset and size. Break that
9929 dependency by assuming the max stub size when calculating
9931 if (PPC_HA (off
) == 0)
9933 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
9934 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
9935 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_off
;
9936 s
->size
= stub_off
+ stub_size
;
9942 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9945 ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9946 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9948 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9953 struct got_entry
*first_tlsld
;
9955 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9959 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9963 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9965 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9966 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9968 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9971 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9972 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9976 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
9978 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9980 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
9981 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
9982 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
9983 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
9984 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
9985 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9986 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9988 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9991 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9993 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
9995 for (p
= elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9997 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
9998 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
10000 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
10001 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
10002 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
10005 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
10007 asection
*srel
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
10009 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
10010 srel
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10011 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
10012 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
10017 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
10021 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
10022 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10023 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
10024 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
10025 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
10026 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
10027 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10028 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
10030 struct got_entry
**pent
, *ent
;
10033 while ((ent
= *pent
) != NULL
)
10034 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10036 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
10038 ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
10043 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
10044 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10046 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10047 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
10052 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
10053 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10055 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
10056 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
10058 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10059 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
10060 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
10062 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10063 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
10072 /* Allocate space for plt calls to local syms. */
10073 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
10074 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
10076 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10078 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10079 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
10081 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10083 s
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
10084 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10085 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10086 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10088 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
10089 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
10090 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10093 s
= htab
->pltlocal
;
10094 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10095 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10096 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10097 htab
->relpltlocal
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10101 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10105 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
10106 sym dynamic relocs. */
10107 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
10109 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
10110 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, size_global_entry_stubs
, info
);
10112 first_tlsld
= NULL
;
10113 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10115 struct got_entry
*ent
;
10117 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10120 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
10121 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10123 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
&& first_tlsld
!= NULL
)
10125 ent
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
10126 ent
->got
.ent
= first_tlsld
;
10130 if (first_tlsld
== NULL
)
10132 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10133 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10136 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
10138 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10139 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10144 ent
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10147 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
10148 Allocate memory for them. */
10150 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10152 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10155 if (s
== htab
->brlt
|| s
== htab
->relbrlt
)
10156 /* These haven't been allocated yet; don't strip. */
10158 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
10159 || s
== htab
->elf
.splt
10160 || s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
10161 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
10162 || s
== htab
->glink
10163 || s
== htab
->global_entry
10164 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
10165 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
10167 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
10170 else if (s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
)
10172 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10173 /* Not sized yet. */
10176 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".rela"))
10180 if (s
!= htab
->elf
.srelplt
)
10183 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
10184 to copy relocs into the output file. */
10185 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10190 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
10196 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
10197 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
10198 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
10199 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
10200 before the linker maps input sections to output
10201 sections. The linker does that before
10202 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
10203 function which decides whether anything needs to go
10204 into these sections. */
10205 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10209 if (bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10210 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: discarding dynamic section %s"),
10213 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10216 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
10217 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
10218 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
10219 but this way if it does we get a R_PPC64_NONE reloc in .rela
10220 sections instead of garbage.
10221 We also rely on the section contents being zero when writing
10222 the GOT and .dynrelro. */
10223 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
10224 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10228 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10230 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10233 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10234 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= htab
->elf
.sgot
)
10237 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10240 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10241 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10245 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10249 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10252 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10253 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10256 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10261 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10263 bfd_boolean tls_opt
;
10265 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10266 values later, in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10267 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10268 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
10269 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
10270 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
10271 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
10273 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
10275 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10279 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
10281 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
10282 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
10283 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
10284 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0)
10285 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_GLINK
, 0))
10289 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& abiversion (output_bfd
) <= 1)
10291 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPD
, 0)
10292 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
, 0))
10296 tls_opt
= (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
10297 && ((htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
10298 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
10299 || (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
10300 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)));
10301 if (tls_opt
|| !htab
->opd_abi
)
10303 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPT
, tls_opt
? PPC64_OPT_TLS
: 0))
10309 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
10310 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
10311 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)))
10314 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
10315 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
10316 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
10317 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
,
10318 _bfd_elf_maybe_set_textrel
, info
);
10320 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10322 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10327 #undef add_dynamic_entry
10332 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
10335 ppc64_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
10337 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10339 && !h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10342 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
10345 /* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call. */
10347 static inline enum ppc_stub_type
10348 ppc_type_of_stub (asection
*input_sec
,
10349 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
10350 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**hash
,
10351 struct plt_entry
**plt_ent
,
10352 bfd_vma destination
,
10353 unsigned long local_off
)
10355 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
= *hash
;
10357 bfd_vma branch_offset
;
10358 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
;
10359 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
10363 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10364 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= h
;
10366 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
10368 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
10372 for (ent
= fdh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10373 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10374 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10377 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10380 /* Here, we know we don't have a plt entry. If we don't have a
10381 either a defined function descriptor or a defined entry symbol
10382 in a regular object file, then it is pointless trying to make
10383 any other type of stub. */
10384 if (!is_static_defined (&fdh
->elf
)
10385 && !is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
10386 return ppc_stub_none
;
10388 else if (elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
10390 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_sec
->owner
);
10391 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
10392 elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10393 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
10395 if (local_plt
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
10397 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10399 for (ent
= local_plt
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10400 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10401 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10404 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10409 /* Determine where the call point is. */
10410 location
= (input_sec
->output_offset
10411 + input_sec
->output_section
->vma
10414 branch_offset
= destination
- location
;
10415 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
10417 /* Determine if a long branch stub is needed. */
10418 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
10419 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
10420 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
10421 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
10422 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
10424 if (branch_offset
+ max_branch_offset
>= 2 * max_branch_offset
- local_off
)
10425 /* We need a stub. Figure out whether a long_branch or plt_branch
10426 is needed later. */
10427 return ppc_stub_long_branch
;
10429 return ppc_stub_none
;
10432 /* Gets the address of a label (1:) in r11 and builds an offset in r12,
10433 then adds it to r11 (LOAD false) or loads r12 from r11+r12 (LOAD true).
10438 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
10439 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
10440 . sldi %r12,%r12,32
10441 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
10442 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
10443 . add/ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
10446 build_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, bfd_boolean load
)
10448 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
10450 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10452 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
10454 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
10456 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10459 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10461 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10464 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10466 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDIS_R12_R11
+ PPC_HA (off
), p
);
10469 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10471 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10476 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10478 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10483 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R12
+ ((off
>> 48) & 0xffff), p
);
10485 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10487 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10491 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10493 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R12_R12_32
, p
);
10496 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10498 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORIS_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_HI (off
), p
);
10501 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10503 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10507 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10509 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10515 static unsigned int
10516 size_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10519 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10521 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10525 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10530 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10533 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10535 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10537 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10544 static unsigned int
10545 num_relocs_for_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10547 unsigned int num_rel
;
10548 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10550 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10555 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
>= 0x1000000000000ULL
10556 && ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10558 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10560 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10566 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10567 emit_relocs_for_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
,
10568 bfd_vma roff
, bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
)
10570 bfd_vma relative_targ
= targ
- (roff
- 8);
10571 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
10573 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10574 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10575 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10576 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16
);
10577 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10579 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HA
);
10582 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10583 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10584 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10588 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10589 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10592 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
);
10593 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10597 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10598 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10599 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10602 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10604 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10608 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10609 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
);
10610 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10612 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10616 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10617 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10618 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10625 build_power10_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
,
10629 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10634 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, NOP
, p
);
10640 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
;
10642 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10644 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10646 /* The minimum value for paddi is -0x200000000. The minimum value
10647 for li is -0x8000, which when shifted by 34 and added gives a
10648 minimum value of -0x2000200000000. The maximum value is
10649 0x1ffffffff+0x7fff<<34 which is 0x2000200000000-1. */
10650 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10653 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10657 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10660 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10661 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10663 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10667 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10671 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10673 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10678 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R11
| ((HA34 (off
) >> 16) & 0x3fff), p
);
10680 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R11_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10684 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10687 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10688 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10690 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10694 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10698 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10700 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10706 static unsigned int
10707 size_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10709 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10711 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10717 static unsigned int
10718 num_relocs_for_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10720 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10722 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10728 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10729 emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10730 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, bfd_vma roff
,
10731 bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10733 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10735 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10737 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10738 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10739 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 - odd
- d_offset
;
10740 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10746 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10747 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10748 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 + odd
- d_offset
;
10749 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
);
10752 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10753 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 4 + odd
- d_offset
;
10754 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10758 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10759 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
10760 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL34
);
10764 /* Emit .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10767 eh_advance (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*eh
, unsigned int delta
)
10771 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ delta
;
10772 else if (delta
< 256)
10774 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
10777 else if (delta
< 65536)
10779 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
10780 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10785 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
10786 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10792 /* Size of required .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10794 static unsigned int
10795 eh_advance_size (unsigned int delta
)
10797 if (delta
< 64 * 4)
10798 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc+[1..63]. */
10800 if (delta
< 256 * 4)
10801 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc1, byte. */
10803 if (delta
< 65536 * 4)
10804 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc2, 2 bytes. */
10806 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc4, 4 bytes. */
10810 /* With power7 weakly ordered memory model, it is possible for ld.so
10811 to update a plt entry in one thread and have another thread see a
10812 stale zero toc entry. To avoid this we need some sort of acquire
10813 barrier in the call stub. One solution is to make the load of the
10814 toc word seem to appear to depend on the load of the function entry
10815 word. Another solution is to test for r2 being zero, and branch to
10816 the appropriate glink entry if so.
10818 . fake dep barrier compare
10819 . ld 12,xxx(2) ld 12,xxx(2)
10820 . mtctr 12 mtctr 12
10821 . xor 11,12,12 ld 2,xxx+8(2)
10822 . add 2,2,11 cmpldi 2,0
10823 . ld 2,xxx+8(2) bnectr+
10824 . bctr b <glink_entry>
10826 The solution involving the compare turns out to be faster, so
10827 that's what we use unless the branch won't reach. */
10829 #define ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP 0
10830 #define ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE 0
10832 static inline unsigned int
10833 plt_stub_size (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10834 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10839 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10841 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
10843 bfd_vma start
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
10844 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10845 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10846 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10848 size
= 8 + size_power10_offset (off
, start
& 4);
10851 size
= 8 + size_offset (off
- 8);
10852 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10858 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10859 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10861 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
10866 if (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
)
10868 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10869 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10870 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10871 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
10873 if (PPC_HA (off
+ 8 + 8 * htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (off
))
10876 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10877 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10878 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
10880 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
10883 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10889 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10896 /* Depending on the sign of plt_stub_align:
10897 If positive, return the padding to align to a 2**plt_stub_align
10899 If negative, if this stub would cross fewer 2**plt_stub_align
10900 boundaries if we align, then return the padding needed to do so. */
10902 static inline unsigned int
10903 plt_stub_pad (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10904 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10908 unsigned stub_size
;
10909 bfd_vma stub_off
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
10911 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
10913 stub_align
= 1 << htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10914 if ((stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1)) != 0)
10915 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10919 stub_align
= 1 << -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10920 stub_size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, plt_off
);
10921 if (((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
) - (stub_off
& -stub_align
)
10922 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
))
10923 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10927 /* Build a .plt call stub. */
10929 static inline bfd_byte
*
10930 build_plt_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10931 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10932 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
10934 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
10935 bfd_boolean plt_load_toc
= htab
->opd_abi
;
10936 bfd_boolean plt_static_chain
= htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
;
10937 bfd_boolean plt_thread_safe
= (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10938 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10939 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10940 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1);
10941 bfd_boolean use_fake_dep
= plt_thread_safe
;
10942 bfd_vma cmp_branch_off
= 0;
10944 if (!ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP
10947 && !(is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10948 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
))
10950 bfd_vma pltoff
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
10951 bfd_vma pltindex
= ((pltoff
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
10952 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
));
10953 bfd_vma glinkoff
= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + pltindex
* 8;
10956 if (pltindex
> 32768)
10957 glinkoff
+= (pltindex
- 32768) * 4;
10959 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
10960 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
10961 from
= (p
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
10962 + 4 * (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10963 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10964 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10965 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
)
10966 != PPC_HA (offset
))
10967 + 4 * (plt_static_chain
!= 0)
10969 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10970 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10971 cmp_branch_off
= to
- from
;
10972 use_fake_dep
= cmp_branch_off
+ (1 << 25) >= (1 << 26);
10975 if (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10979 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10980 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10981 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
10982 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
10983 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
10984 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10985 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10988 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10990 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
10991 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
);
10992 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10996 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
10997 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10998 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
10999 if (plt_static_chain
)
11001 r
[3].r_offset
= r
[2].r_offset
+ 4;
11002 r
[3].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11003 r
[3].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 16;
11008 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11009 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11010 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
11013 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R11_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11014 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11018 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11019 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11022 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11024 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R11_R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11027 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11032 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R2_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11033 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R11_R11_R2
, p
), p
+= 4;
11035 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11036 if (plt_static_chain
)
11037 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11044 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11045 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11046 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11047 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11050 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11052 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11053 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16
);
11054 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11058 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
11059 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11060 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
;
11061 if (plt_static_chain
)
11063 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
11064 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11065 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
11070 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11071 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11072 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
11073 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11075 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11077 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11080 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11085 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R11_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11086 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R2_R2_R11
, p
), p
+= 4;
11088 if (plt_static_chain
)
11089 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11090 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11093 if (plt_load_toc
&& plt_thread_safe
&& !use_fake_dep
)
11095 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPLDI_R2_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11096 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BNECTR_P4
, p
), p
+= 4;
11097 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| (cmp_branch_off
& 0x3fffffc), p
), p
+= 4;
11100 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11104 /* Build a special .plt call stub for __tls_get_addr. */
11106 #define LD_R0_0R3 0xe8030000
11107 #define LD_R12_0R3 0xe9830000
11108 #define MR_R0_R3 0x7c601b78
11109 #define CMPDI_R0_0 0x2c200000
11110 #define ADD_R3_R12_R13 0x7c6c6a14
11111 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
11112 #define MR_R3_R0 0x7c030378
11113 #define BCTRL 0x4e800421
11115 static inline bfd_byte
*
11116 build_tls_get_addr_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11117 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11118 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
11120 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11124 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R3
+ 0, p
), p
+= 4;
11125 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R3
+ 8, p
), p
+= 4;
11126 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPDI_R0_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11127 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R0_R3
, p
), p
+= 4;
11128 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R3_R12_R13
, p
), p
+= 4;
11129 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BEQLR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11130 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R3_R0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11131 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11134 r
[0].r_offset
+= 7 * 4;
11135 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11136 return build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11138 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
11140 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11144 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2 * 4;
11145 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11146 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11148 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11150 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11152 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
11154 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
11159 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11162 r
[0].r_offset
+= 18 * 4;
11164 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11165 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11167 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11169 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11173 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11176 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11177 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11179 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11181 base
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17;
11182 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11183 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11185 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11186 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- 20 - loc
);
11187 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11188 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 16;
11189 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11190 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11192 *eh
++ = -(STK_LINKER (htab
) / 8) & 0x7f;
11193 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
11197 unsigned int cfa_updt
, delta
;
11198 /* After the bctrl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
11199 .eh_frame info saying the return address is on the stack. In
11200 fact we must put the EH info at or before the call rather
11201 than after it, because the EH info for a call needs to be
11202 specified by that point.
11203 See libgcc/unwind-dw2.c execute_cfa_program.
11204 Any stack pointer update must be described immediately after
11205 the instruction making the change, and since the stdu occurs
11206 after saving regs we put all the reg saves and the cfa
11208 cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
11209 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11210 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
11211 = stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
) - 4;
11212 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11213 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11221 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11223 *eh
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
11224 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11226 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
11227 *eh
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
11229 *eh
++ = (DW_CFA_advance_loc
11230 + (stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
- 8 - cfa_updt
) / 4);
11231 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11233 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11234 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
11235 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11237 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11239 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11244 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
11245 get_relocs (asection
*sec
, int count
)
11247 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
11248 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elfsec_data
;
11250 elfsec_data
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11251 relocs
= elfsec_data
->relocs
;
11252 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11254 bfd_size_type relsize
;
11255 relsize
= sec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*relocs
);
11256 relocs
= bfd_alloc (sec
->owner
, relsize
);
11257 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11259 elfsec_data
->relocs
= relocs
;
11260 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
,
11261 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
11262 if (elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
)
11264 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
= (sec
->reloc_count
11265 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11266 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11267 sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
11269 relocs
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
11270 sec
->reloc_count
+= count
;
11274 /* Convert the relocs R[0] thru R[-NUM_REL+1], which are all no-symbol
11275 forms, to the equivalent relocs against the global symbol given by
11279 use_global_in_relocs (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11280 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11281 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, unsigned int num_rel
)
11283 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hashes
;
11284 unsigned long symndx
;
11285 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11288 /* Relocs are always against symbols in their own object file. Fake
11289 up global sym hashes for the stub bfd (which has no symbols). */
11290 hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
);
11291 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11293 bfd_size_type hsize
;
11295 /* When called the first time, stub_globals will contain the
11296 total number of symbols seen during stub sizing. After
11297 allocating, stub_globals is used as an index to fill the
11299 hsize
= (htab
->stub_globals
+ 1) * sizeof (*hashes
);
11300 hashes
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, hsize
);
11301 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11303 elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
) = hashes
;
11304 htab
->stub_globals
= 1;
11306 symndx
= htab
->stub_globals
++;
11308 hashes
[symndx
] = &h
->elf
;
11309 if (h
->oh
!= NULL
&& h
->oh
->is_func
)
11310 h
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
11311 BFD_ASSERT (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11312 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
11313 symval
= defined_sym_val (&h
->elf
);
11314 while (num_rel
-- != 0)
11316 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (symndx
, ELF64_R_TYPE (r
->r_info
));
11317 if (h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
!= stub_entry
->target_section
)
11319 /* H is an opd symbol. The addend must be zero, and the
11320 branch reloc is the only one we can convert. */
11325 r
->r_addend
-= symval
;
11332 get_r2off (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11333 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
)
11335 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11336 bfd_vma r2off
= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
;
11340 /* Support linking -R objects. Get the toc pointer from the
11343 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
11345 asection
*opd
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
11346 bfd_vma opd_off
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
11348 if (strcmp (opd
->name
, ".opd") != 0
11349 || opd
->reloc_count
!= 0)
11351 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11352 (_("%P: cannot find opd entry toc for `%pT'\n"),
11353 stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
11354 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11355 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11357 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (opd
->owner
, opd
, buf
, opd_off
+ 8, 8))
11358 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11359 r2off
= bfd_get_64 (opd
->owner
, buf
);
11360 r2off
-= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
11362 r2off
-= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
;
11367 ppc_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11369 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11370 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11371 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11372 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11374 bfd_byte
*p
, *relp
;
11376 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
;
11381 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11382 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11385 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11386 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11387 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11388 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11389 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11390 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign '%pA' to an output section. "
11391 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11392 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11394 /* Same for the group. */
11395 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11396 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11397 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11398 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11399 "output section. Retry without "
11400 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11401 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11402 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11404 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11408 BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry
->stub_offset
>= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
);
11409 loc
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11411 htab
->stub_count
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1] += 1;
11412 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11414 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11415 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11416 /* Branches are relative. This is where we are going to. */
11417 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11418 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11419 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11420 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11422 /* And this is where we are coming from. */
11423 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11424 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11425 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11429 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11431 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11433 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11435 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11438 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11440 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11442 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11443 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11446 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11448 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11449 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11454 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, B_DOT
| (off
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
11457 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11460 (_("long branch stub `%s' offset overflow"),
11461 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11462 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11466 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11468 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1);
11471 r
->r_offset
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11472 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11473 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11474 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11475 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, 1))
11480 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11481 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11482 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11483 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11485 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11487 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't find branch stub `%s'"),
11488 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11489 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11493 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11494 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11495 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11496 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11497 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11499 bfd_put_64 (htab
->brlt
->owner
, targ
,
11500 htab
->brlt
->contents
+ br_entry
->offset
);
11502 if (br_entry
->iter
== htab
->stub_iteration
)
11504 br_entry
->iter
= 0;
11506 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11508 /* Create a reloc for the branch lookup table entry. */
11509 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11512 rela
.r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11513 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11514 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11515 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11516 rela
.r_addend
= targ
;
11518 rl
= htab
->relbrlt
->contents
;
11519 rl
+= (htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
++
11520 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11521 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
, &rela
, rl
);
11523 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11525 r
= get_relocs (htab
->brlt
, 1);
11528 /* brlt, being SEC_LINKER_CREATED does not go through the
11529 normal reloc processing. Symbols and offsets are not
11530 translated from input file to output file form, so
11531 set up the offset per the output file. */
11532 r
->r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11533 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11534 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11535 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11536 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11540 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11541 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11542 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11544 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11545 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11548 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11550 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11551 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11552 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11553 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11554 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11558 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11560 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0));
11563 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11564 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11565 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11566 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11567 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11568 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11569 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11570 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11572 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
11573 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11574 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11575 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11580 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11582 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11584 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11585 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11587 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11588 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11591 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11592 LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11596 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11598 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11600 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11604 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11606 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11608 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11609 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11611 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11612 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11615 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11617 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11620 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11621 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11623 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11626 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11627 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11631 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11633 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11637 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
11638 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
11639 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
11640 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
11641 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
11642 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
11644 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11645 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11646 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11647 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11648 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11649 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11652 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11655 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
11657 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11658 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11661 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11662 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11663 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11664 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11666 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11667 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11669 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11671 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11674 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11675 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11676 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11682 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
11684 bfd_boolean load
= stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
11685 p
= build_power10_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
, odd
, load
);
11689 /* The notoc stubs calculate their target (either a PLT entry or
11690 the global entry point of a function) relative to the PC
11691 returned by the "bcl" two instructions past the start of the
11692 sequence emitted by build_offset. The offset is therefore 8
11693 less than calculated from the start of the sequence. */
11695 p
= build_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
,
11696 stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
);
11699 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11703 from
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11704 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11705 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
11707 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11708 B_DOT
| ((targ
- from
) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
11712 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11714 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11718 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11720 bfd_vma roff
= relp
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11721 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
11722 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
11725 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_offset (off
);
11728 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, num_rel
);
11731 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
11732 r
= emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
, odd
);
11734 r
= emit_relocs_for_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
);
11735 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
11736 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11739 roff
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11740 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
11741 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11742 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11743 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11744 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, num_rel
))
11749 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== 0
11750 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11751 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11753 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11754 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11756 base
= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
11757 + stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17);
11758 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11759 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
11760 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11761 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11762 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11764 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11765 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
11766 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11767 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
11770 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11771 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11773 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11777 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
11778 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
11779 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11780 && stub_entry
->h
->is_func_descriptor
11781 && stub_entry
->h
->oh
!= NULL
)
11783 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (stub_entry
->h
->oh
);
11785 /* If the old-ABI "dot-symbol" is undefined make it weak so
11786 we don't get a link error from RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL. */
11787 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
11788 && (stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11789 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11790 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
;
11793 /* Now build the stub. */
11794 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11795 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11798 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11799 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11800 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11801 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11803 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11804 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11806 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11808 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11810 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11811 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11814 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11816 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11817 /* xgettext:c-format */
11818 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11819 stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11820 ? stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
11822 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11823 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11828 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11830 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11831 ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11833 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
11834 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
11838 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11839 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11840 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11841 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11843 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11844 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11845 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
11846 p
= build_tls_get_addr_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11848 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11851 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
11859 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
);
11861 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
11863 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11866 const char *const stub_str
[] = { "long_branch",
11879 len1
= strlen (stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1]);
11880 len2
= strlen (stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11881 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ 2);
11884 memcpy (name
, stub_entry
->root
.string
, 9);
11885 memcpy (name
+ 9, stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1], len1
);
11886 memcpy (name
+ len1
+ 9, stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 8, len2
- 8 + 1);
11887 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
11890 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
11892 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
11893 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
11894 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11895 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
11896 h
->def_regular
= 1;
11897 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
11898 h
->forced_local
= 1;
11900 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
11907 /* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so
11908 we know stub section sizes, and select plt_branch stubs where
11909 long_branch stubs won't do. */
11912 ppc_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11914 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11915 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11916 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11918 bfd_vma targ
, off
, r2off
;
11919 unsigned int size
, extra
, lr_used
, delta
, odd
;
11921 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11922 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11925 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11929 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11930 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11931 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11932 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11933 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11934 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign %pA to an output section. "
11935 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11936 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11938 /* Same for the group. */
11939 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11940 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11941 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11942 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11943 "output section. Retry without "
11944 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11945 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11946 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11948 /* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */
11949 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
11951 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11952 && stub_entry
->h
->save_res
11953 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11954 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
11956 /* Don't make stubs to out-of-line register save/restore
11957 functions. Instead, emit copies of the functions. */
11958 stub_entry
->group
->needs_save_res
= 1;
11959 stub_entry
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_save_res
;
11963 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11965 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11966 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11967 /* Reset the stub type from the plt branch variant in case we now
11968 can reach with a shorter stub. */
11969 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
11970 /* Fall through. */
11971 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11972 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11973 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11974 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11975 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11976 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11977 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11978 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11979 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11983 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11985 r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11986 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11988 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11992 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11994 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
12000 /* If the branch offset is too big, use a ppc_stub_plt_branch.
12001 Do the same for -R objects without function descriptors. */
12002 if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
12004 && htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
== 0)
12005 || off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12007 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
12009 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
12010 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
12012 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
12014 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't build branch stub `%s'"),
12015 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
12016 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
12020 if (br_entry
->iter
!= htab
->stub_iteration
)
12022 br_entry
->iter
= htab
->stub_iteration
;
12023 br_entry
->offset
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
12024 htab
->brlt
->size
+= 8;
12026 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
12027 htab
->relbrlt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12028 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12030 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12031 htab
->brlt
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12035 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
12036 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
12037 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
12038 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12039 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12042 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12044 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12045 += 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0);
12046 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12049 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_plt_branch
- ppc_stub_long_branch
;
12050 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
12053 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12059 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12062 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
12064 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
12068 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12070 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12071 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12075 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
12076 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
12077 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
12078 /* Fall through. */
12079 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
12080 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
12081 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12082 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12083 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12085 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12088 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
12089 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
12090 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
12094 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12096 unsigned int num_rel
;
12097 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
12098 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12100 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12101 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12102 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12105 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
12106 extra
= size_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12108 extra
= size_offset (off
- 8);
12109 /* Include branch insn plus those in the offset sequence. */
12111 /* The branch insn is at the end, or "extra" bytes along. So
12112 its offset will be "extra" bytes less that that already
12116 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== 0)
12118 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12119 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12120 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12121 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12123 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12124 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12125 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12126 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12127 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12128 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12131 /* If the branch can't reach, use a plt_branch. */
12132 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12134 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= (ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
12135 - ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
);
12138 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12139 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+=1;
12142 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
12143 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
12144 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12145 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12146 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12147 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12149 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
12150 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12153 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12154 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12155 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12156 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12158 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12159 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12161 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12163 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12167 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12169 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12171 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12172 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12176 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12178 unsigned int num_rel
;
12179 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
12180 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12182 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12183 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12184 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12187 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12189 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== 0)
12191 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12192 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12193 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12194 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12196 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12197 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12198 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12199 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12200 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12201 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12205 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
12206 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
12207 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~(bfd_vma
) 1;
12208 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12210 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12211 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12212 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12213 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12215 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12216 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12218 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12220 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12222 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12223 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12226 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12228 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12230 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12231 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12234 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12236 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12237 += ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12239 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
12240 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
12242 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12245 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12247 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12248 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12249 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
12250 && stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
12252 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12254 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 20;
12255 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc
12256 or variant, DW_CFA_offset_externed_sf, 65, -stackoff,
12257 DW_CFA_advance_loc+4, DW_CFA_restore_extended, 65. */
12258 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12259 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12263 /* Adjustments to r1 need to be described. */
12264 unsigned int cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
12265 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12266 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
);
12267 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= htab
->opd_abi
? 36 : 35;
12269 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= size
- 4;
12278 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= size
;
12282 /* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections
12283 for each output section included in the link. Returns -1 on error,
12284 0 when no stubs will be needed, and 1 on success. */
12287 ppc64_elf_setup_section_lists (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12291 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12296 htab
->sec_info_arr_size
= _bfd_section_id
;
12297 amt
= sizeof (*htab
->sec_info
) * (htab
->sec_info_arr_size
);
12298 htab
->sec_info
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
12299 if (htab
->sec_info
== NULL
)
12302 /* Set toc_off for com, und, abs and ind sections. */
12303 for (id
= 0; id
< 3; id
++)
12304 htab
->sec_info
[id
].toc_off
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12309 /* Set up for first pass at multitoc partitioning. */
12312 ppc64_elf_start_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12314 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12316 htab
->toc_curr
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (info
, info
->output_bfd
);
12317 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12318 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12321 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each TOC input section
12322 and linker generated GOT section. Group input bfds such that the toc
12323 within a group is less than 64k in size. */
12326 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12328 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12329 bfd_vma addr
, off
, limit
;
12334 if (!htab
->second_toc_pass
)
12336 /* Keep track of the first .toc or .got section for this input bfd. */
12337 bfd_boolean new_bfd
= htab
->toc_bfd
!= isec
->owner
;
12341 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12342 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12345 addr
= isec
->output_offset
+ isec
->output_section
->vma
;
12346 off
= addr
- htab
->toc_curr
;
12347 limit
= 0x80008000;
12348 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (isec
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
)
12350 if (off
+ isec
->size
> limit
)
12352 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12353 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12354 htab
->toc_curr
= addr
;
12355 htab
->toc_curr
&= -TOC_BASE_ALIGN
;
12358 /* toc_curr is the base address of this toc group. Set elf_gp
12359 for the input section to be the offset relative to the
12360 output toc base plus 0x8000. Making the input elf_gp an
12361 offset allows us to move the toc as a whole without
12362 recalculating input elf_gp. */
12363 off
= htab
->toc_curr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12364 off
+= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12366 /* Die if someone uses a linker script that doesn't keep input
12367 file .toc and .got together. */
12369 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0
12370 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != off
)
12373 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12377 /* During the second pass toc_first_sec points to the start of
12378 a toc group, and toc_curr is used to track the old elf_gp.
12379 We use toc_bfd to ensure we only look at each bfd once. */
12380 if (htab
->toc_bfd
== isec
->owner
)
12382 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12384 if (htab
->toc_first_sec
== NULL
12385 || htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (isec
->owner
))
12387 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12388 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12390 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12391 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12392 off
= addr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12393 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12398 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to merge GOT entries for global
12402 merge_global_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12404 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12407 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
12412 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to allocate GOT entries for global
12416 reallocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12418 struct got_entry
*gent
;
12420 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12423 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
12424 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
12425 allocate_got (h
, (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
, gent
);
12429 /* Called on the first multitoc pass after the last call to
12430 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section. This function removes duplicate GOT
12434 ppc64_elf_layout_multitoc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12436 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12437 struct bfd
*ibfd
, *ibfd2
;
12438 bfd_boolean done_something
;
12440 htab
->multi_toc_needed
= htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12442 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
12445 /* Merge global sym got entries within a toc group. */
12446 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, merge_global_got
, info
);
12448 /* And tlsld_got. */
12449 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12451 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
12453 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12456 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12457 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12458 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12460 for (ibfd2
= ibfd
->link
.next
; ibfd2
!= NULL
; ibfd2
= ibfd2
->link
.next
)
12462 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd2
))
12465 ent2
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd2
);
12466 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
12467 && ent2
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
12468 && elf_gp (ibfd2
) == elf_gp (ibfd
))
12470 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
12471 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
12477 /* Zap sizes of got sections. */
12478 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12479 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
-= htab
->got_reli_size
;
12480 htab
->got_reli_size
= 0;
12482 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12484 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
12486 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12489 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12492 got
->rawsize
= got
->size
;
12494 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12495 relgot
->rawsize
= relgot
->size
;
12500 /* Now reallocate the got, local syms first. We don't need to
12501 allocate section contents again since we never increase size. */
12502 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12504 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
12505 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
12506 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
12507 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
12508 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
12509 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
12510 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12513 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12516 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
12520 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
12521 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12522 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
12523 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
12524 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
12525 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
12526 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12527 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
12529 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12531 for (ent
= *lgot_ents
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
12533 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
12534 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12536 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12537 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
12542 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
12543 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
12545 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
12546 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
12548 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12549 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
12550 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
12552 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12553 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
12559 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, reallocate_got
, info
);
12561 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12563 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12565 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12568 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12569 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12570 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12572 asection
*s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12573 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12575 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
12577 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12578 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12583 done_something
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
!= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12584 if (!done_something
)
12585 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12589 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12592 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12595 done_something
= got
->rawsize
!= got
->size
;
12596 if (done_something
)
12601 if (done_something
)
12602 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
12604 /* Set up for second pass over toc sections to recalculate elf_gp
12605 on input sections. */
12606 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12607 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12608 htab
->second_toc_pass
= TRUE
;
12609 return done_something
;
12612 /* Called after second pass of multitoc partitioning. */
12615 ppc64_elf_finish_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12617 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12619 /* After the second pass, toc_curr tracks the TOC offset used
12620 for code sections below in ppc64_elf_next_input_section. */
12621 htab
->toc_curr
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12624 /* No toc references were found in ISEC. If the code in ISEC makes no
12625 calls, then there's no need to use toc adjusting stubs when branching
12626 into ISEC. Actually, indirect calls from ISEC are OK as they will
12627 load r2. Returns -1 on error, 0 for no stub needed, 1 for stub
12628 needed, and 2 if a cyclical call-graph was found but no other reason
12629 for a stub was detected. If called from the top level, a return of
12630 2 means the same as a return of 0. */
12633 toc_adjusting_stub_needed (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12637 /* Mark this section as checked. */
12638 isec
->call_check_done
= 1;
12640 /* We know none of our code bearing sections will need toc stubs. */
12641 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12644 if (isec
->size
== 0)
12647 if (isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12651 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
12653 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
12654 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
12655 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12657 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (isec
->owner
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12658 info
->keep_memory
);
12659 if (relstart
== NULL
)
12662 /* Look for branches to outside of this section. */
12664 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12668 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ isec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
12670 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
12671 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12672 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12673 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
12674 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
12676 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
12680 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
12681 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
12682 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
12683 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
12684 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
12685 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
12686 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
12687 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
12690 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
12691 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
, r_symndx
,
12698 /* Calls to dynamic lib functions go through a plt call stub
12700 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
12702 && (eh
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
12704 && ppc_follow_link (eh
->oh
)->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)))
12710 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
12711 /* Ignore other undefined symbols. */
12714 /* Assume branches to other sections not included in the
12715 link need stubs too, to cover -R and absolute syms. */
12716 if (sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12723 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
12726 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
12727 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12729 sym_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12731 sym_value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
12733 /* If this branch reloc uses an opd sym, find the code section. */
12734 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
12737 if (h
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
12741 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
12743 /* Assume deleted functions won't ever be called. */
12745 sym_value
+= adjust
;
12748 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
12749 &sym_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
12750 if (dest
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12755 + sym_sec
->output_offset
12756 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12758 /* Ignore branch to self. */
12759 if (sym_sec
== isec
)
12762 /* If the called function uses the toc, we need a stub. */
12763 if (sym_sec
->has_toc_reloc
12764 || sym_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12770 /* Assume any branch that needs a long branch stub might in fact
12771 need a plt_branch stub. A plt_branch stub uses r2. */
12772 else if (dest
- (isec
->output_offset
12773 + isec
->output_section
->vma
12774 + rel
->r_offset
) + (1 << 25)
12775 >= (2u << 25) - PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
12783 /* If calling back to a section in the process of being
12784 tested, we can't say for sure that no toc adjusting stubs
12785 are needed, so don't return zero. */
12786 else if (sym_sec
->call_check_in_progress
)
12789 /* Branches to another section that itself doesn't have any TOC
12790 references are OK. Recursively call ourselves to check. */
12791 else if (!sym_sec
->call_check_done
)
12795 /* Mark current section as indeterminate, so that other
12796 sections that call back to current won't be marked as
12798 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12799 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, sym_sec
);
12800 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12811 if (elf_symtab_hdr (isec
->owner
).contents
12812 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
12814 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
12819 && isec
->map_head
.s
!= NULL
12820 && (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
12821 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
12823 if (isec
->map_head
.s
->has_toc_reloc
12824 || isec
->map_head
.s
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12826 else if (!isec
->map_head
.s
->call_check_done
)
12829 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12830 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
->map_head
.s
);
12831 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12838 isec
->makes_toc_func_call
= 1;
12843 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section,
12844 in the order that input sections are linked into output sections.
12845 Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which
12846 we may insert linker stubs. */
12849 ppc64_elf_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12851 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12856 if ((isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12857 && isec
->output_section
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12859 /* This happens to make the list in reverse order,
12860 which is what we want. */
12861 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].u
.list
12862 = htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
;
12863 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
= isec
;
12866 if (htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
12868 /* Analyse sections that aren't already flagged as needing a
12869 valid toc pointer. Exclude .fixup for the linux kernel.
12870 .fixup contains branches, but only back to the function that
12871 hit an exception. */
12872 if (!(isec
->has_toc_reloc
12873 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
12874 || strcmp (isec
->name
, ".fixup") == 0
12875 || isec
->call_check_done
))
12877 if (toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
) < 0)
12880 /* Make all sections use the TOC assigned for this object file.
12881 This will be wrong for pasted sections; We fix that in
12882 check_pasted_section(). */
12883 if (elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0)
12884 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12887 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].toc_off
= htab
->toc_curr
;
12891 /* Check that all .init and .fini sections use the same toc, if they
12892 have toc relocs. */
12895 check_pasted_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, const char *name
)
12897 asection
*o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (info
->output_bfd
, name
);
12901 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12902 bfd_vma toc_off
= 0;
12905 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12906 if (i
->has_toc_reloc
)
12909 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12910 else if (toc_off
!= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
)
12915 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12916 if (i
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12918 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12922 /* Make sure the whole pasted function uses the same toc offset. */
12924 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12925 htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
= toc_off
;
12931 ppc64_elf_check_init_fini (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12933 return (check_pasted_section (info
, ".init")
12934 & check_pasted_section (info
, ".fini"));
12937 /* See whether we can group stub sections together. Grouping stub
12938 sections may result in fewer stubs. More importantly, we need to
12939 put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or
12940 .fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the
12941 _init and _fini functions into multiple parts. Putting a stub in
12942 the middle of a function is not a good idea. */
12945 group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12946 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
,
12947 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
)
12949 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12951 bfd_boolean suppress_size_errors
;
12953 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12957 suppress_size_errors
= FALSE
;
12958 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
12960 /* Default values. */
12961 if (stubs_always_before_branch
)
12962 stub_group_size
= 0x1e00000;
12964 stub_group_size
= 0x1c00000;
12965 suppress_size_errors
= TRUE
;
12968 for (osec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; osec
!= NULL
; osec
= osec
->next
)
12972 if (osec
->id
>= htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12975 tail
= htab
->sec_info
[osec
->id
].u
.list
;
12976 while (tail
!= NULL
)
12980 bfd_size_type total
;
12981 bfd_boolean big_sec
;
12983 struct map_stub
*group
;
12984 bfd_size_type group_size
;
12987 total
= tail
->size
;
12988 group_size
= (ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
) != NULL
12989 && ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
)->has_14bit_branch
12990 ? stub_group_size
>> 10 : stub_group_size
);
12992 big_sec
= total
> group_size
;
12993 if (big_sec
&& !suppress_size_errors
)
12994 /* xgettext:c-format */
12995 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB section %pA exceeds stub group size"),
12996 tail
->owner
, tail
);
12997 curr_toc
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].toc_off
;
12999 while ((prev
= htab
->sec_info
[curr
->id
].u
.list
) != NULL
13000 && ((total
+= curr
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
13001 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
13002 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
13003 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10) : group_size
))
13004 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
13007 /* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less
13008 than group_size and thus can be handled by one stub
13009 section. (or the tail section is itself larger than
13010 group_size, in which case we may be toast.) We should
13011 really be keeping track of the total size of stubs added
13012 here, as stubs contribute to the final output section
13013 size. That's a little tricky, and this way will only
13014 break if stubs added make the total size more than 2^25,
13015 ie. for the default stub_group_size, if stubs total more
13016 than 2097152 bytes, or nearly 75000 plt call stubs. */
13017 group
= bfd_alloc (curr
->owner
, sizeof (*group
));
13020 group
->link_sec
= curr
;
13021 group
->stub_sec
= NULL
;
13022 group
->needs_save_res
= 0;
13023 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13024 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13025 group
->eh_base
= 0;
13026 group
->next
= htab
->group
;
13027 htab
->group
= group
;
13030 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
13031 /* Set up this stub group. */
13032 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13034 while (tail
!= curr
&& (tail
= prev
) != NULL
);
13036 /* But wait, there's more! Input sections up to group_size
13037 bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too.
13038 Don't do this if we have a really large section after the
13039 stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that
13040 branches may not reach into the stub section. */
13041 if (!stubs_always_before_branch
&& !big_sec
)
13044 while (prev
!= NULL
13045 && ((total
+= tail
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
13046 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
13047 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
13048 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10)
13050 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
13053 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
13054 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13063 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
13065 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
13066 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
13067 1, /* CIE version. */
13068 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
13069 4, /* Code alignment. */
13070 0x78, /* Data alignment. */
13072 1, /* Augmentation size. */
13073 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
13074 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
13077 /* Stripping output sections is normally done before dynamic section
13078 symbols have been allocated. This function is called later, and
13079 handles cases like htab->brlt which is mapped to its own output
13083 maybe_strip_output (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
13085 if (isec
->size
== 0
13086 && isec
->output_section
->size
== 0
13087 && !(isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
)
13088 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (info
->output_bfd
,
13089 isec
->output_section
)
13090 && elf_section_data (isec
->output_section
)->dynindx
== 0)
13092 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13093 bfd_section_list_remove (info
->output_bfd
, isec
->output_section
);
13094 info
->output_bfd
->section_count
--;
13098 /* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
13100 The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
13101 PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl"
13105 ppc64_elf_size_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13107 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
;
13108 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
;
13109 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13114 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1 && !htab
->has_power10_relocs
)
13115 htab
->params
->power10_stubs
= 0;
13117 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1 && !bfd_link_executable (info
))
13118 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 1;
13119 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
13120 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 0;
13121 else if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1)
13123 static const char *const thread_starter
[] =
13127 "_ZNSt6thread15_M_start_threadESt10shared_ptrINS_10_Impl_baseEE",
13129 "aio_init", "aio_read", "aio_write", "aio_fsync", "lio_listio",
13130 "mq_notify", "create_timer",
13135 "GOMP_parallel_start",
13136 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static",
13137 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static_start",
13138 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic",
13139 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic_start",
13140 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided",
13141 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided_start",
13142 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime",
13143 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime_start",
13144 "GOMP_parallel_sections",
13145 "GOMP_parallel_sections_start",
13151 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (thread_starter
); i
++)
13153 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13154 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, thread_starter
[i
],
13155 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13156 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= h
!= NULL
&& h
->ref_regular
;
13157 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
)
13161 stubs_always_before_branch
= htab
->params
->group_size
< 0;
13162 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
13163 stub_group_size
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
13165 stub_group_size
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
13167 if (!group_sections (info
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_before_branch
))
13170 htab
->tga_group
= NULL
;
13171 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
13172 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
13173 && (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
13174 || htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
13175 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
13176 && is_static_defined (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
))
13178 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
, *stub_sec
;
13180 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13182 sym_sec
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13183 sym_value
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
13184 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13185 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13187 opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
13188 htab
->tga_group
= htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].u
.group
;
13189 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (".tga_desc.stub",
13190 htab
->tga_group
->link_sec
);
13191 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
13193 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
13195 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
13196 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
13197 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
13198 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
13199 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
13200 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
13201 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
, TRUE
);
13204 #define STUB_SHRINK_ITER 20
13205 /* Loop until no stubs added. After iteration 20 of this loop we may
13206 exit on a stub section shrinking. This is to break out of a
13207 pathological case where adding stubs on one iteration decreases
13208 section gaps (perhaps due to alignment), which then requires
13209 fewer or smaller stubs on the next iteration. */
13214 unsigned int bfd_indx
;
13215 struct map_stub
*group
;
13217 htab
->stub_iteration
+= 1;
13219 for (input_bfd
= info
->input_bfds
, bfd_indx
= 0;
13221 input_bfd
= input_bfd
->link
.next
, bfd_indx
++)
13223 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13225 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
13227 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
13230 /* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */
13231 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
13232 if (symtab_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
13235 /* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd. */
13236 for (section
= input_bfd
->sections
;
13238 section
= section
->next
)
13240 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
, *irelaend
, *irela
;
13242 /* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more
13244 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13245 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
13246 || (section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
13247 || (section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
13248 || section
->reloc_count
== 0)
13251 /* If this section is a link-once section that will be
13252 discarded, then don't create any stubs. */
13253 if (section
->output_section
== NULL
13254 || section
->output_section
->owner
!= info
->output_bfd
)
13257 /* Get the relocs. */
13259 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, section
, NULL
, NULL
,
13260 info
->keep_memory
);
13261 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13262 goto error_ret_free_local
;
13264 /* Now examine each relocation. */
13265 irela
= internal_relocs
;
13266 irelaend
= irela
+ section
->reloc_count
;
13267 for (; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++)
13269 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
13270 unsigned int r_indx
;
13271 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
13272 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
13273 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
;
13274 bfd_vma sym_value
, code_value
;
13275 bfd_vma destination
;
13276 unsigned long local_off
;
13277 bfd_boolean ok_dest
;
13278 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash
;
13279 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
13280 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13281 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
13283 const asection
*id_sec
;
13284 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13285 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
13287 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
->r_info
);
13288 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
13290 if (r_type
>= R_PPC64_max
)
13292 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13293 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13296 /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions. */
13297 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
13298 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
13299 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
13300 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
13301 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
13304 /* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
13306 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13307 r_indx
, input_bfd
))
13308 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13309 hash
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
13316 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
13317 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
13318 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13321 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13322 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13324 sym_value
= hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13325 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13328 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
13329 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13331 /* Recognise an old ABI func code entry sym, and
13332 use the func descriptor sym instead if it is
13334 if (hash
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
13335 && hash
->oh
!= NULL
)
13337 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (hash
->oh
);
13338 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13339 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13341 sym_sec
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13342 sym_value
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13343 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13352 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13353 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13360 sym_value
+= irela
->r_addend
;
13361 destination
= (sym_value
13362 + sym_sec
->output_offset
13363 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
13364 local_off
= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (hash
13369 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13370 code_value
= sym_value
;
13371 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13376 if (hash
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
13378 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
13381 code_value
+= adjust
;
13382 sym_value
+= adjust
;
13384 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
13385 &code_sec
, &code_value
, FALSE
);
13386 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13388 destination
= dest
;
13391 /* Fixup old ABI sym to point at code
13393 hash
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defweak
;
13394 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= code_sec
;
13395 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= code_value
;
13400 /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
13402 stub_type
= ppc_type_of_stub (section
, irela
, &hash
,
13403 &plt_ent
, destination
,
13406 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
13408 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13409 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
13410 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
13411 || (code_sec
!= NULL
13412 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13413 && (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13414 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13415 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
13416 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
;
13418 else if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13420 /* Check whether we need a TOC adjusting stub.
13421 Since the linker pastes together pieces from
13422 different object files when creating the
13423 _init and _fini functions, it may be that a
13424 call to what looks like a local sym is in
13425 fact a call needing a TOC adjustment. */
13426 if ((code_sec
!= NULL
13427 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13428 && (htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].toc_off
13429 != htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].toc_off
)
13430 && (code_sec
->has_toc_reloc
13431 || code_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
))
13432 || (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13433 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13434 == 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
))
13435 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
;
13438 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_none
)
13441 /* __tls_get_addr calls might be eliminated. */
13442 if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
13443 && stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
13445 && is_tls_get_addr (&hash
->elf
, htab
)
13446 && section
->has_tls_reloc
13447 && irela
!= internal_relocs
)
13449 /* Get tls info. */
13450 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
13452 if (!get_tls_mask (&tls_mask
, NULL
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13453 irela
- 1, input_bfd
))
13454 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13455 if ((*tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
13456 && (*tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) == 0)
13460 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13463 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
13464 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&hash
->elf
))
13465 htab
->has_plt_localentry0
= 1;
13466 else if (irela
+ 1 < irelaend
13467 && irela
[1].r_offset
== irela
->r_offset
+ 4
13468 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
[1].r_info
)
13469 == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
))
13471 if (!tocsave_find (htab
, INSERT
,
13472 &local_syms
, irela
+ 1, input_bfd
))
13473 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13476 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
;
13479 /* Support for grouping stub sections. */
13480 id_sec
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
->link_sec
;
13482 /* Get the name of this stub. */
13483 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (id_sec
, sym_sec
, hash
, irela
);
13485 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13487 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
13488 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13489 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
13491 enum ppc_stub_type old_type
;
13493 /* A stub has already been created, but it may
13494 not be the required type. We shouldn't be
13495 transitioning from plt_call to long_branch
13496 stubs or vice versa, but we might be
13497 upgrading from plt_call to plt_call_r2save or
13498 from long_branch to long_branch_r2off. */
13500 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1)
13502 /* For --power10-stubs=auto, don't merge _notoc
13503 and other varieties of stubs. (The _both
13504 variety won't be created.) */
13505 bfd_boolean notoc
= r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
13506 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*alt_stub
13507 = select_alt_stub (stub_entry
, notoc
);
13509 if (alt_stub
== NULL
)
13511 alt_stub
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*)
13512 stub_hash_newfunc (NULL
,
13513 &htab
->stub_hash_table
,
13514 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
13515 if (alt_stub
== NULL
)
13517 /* xgettext:c-format */
13519 (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
13520 section
->owner
, stub_entry
->root
.string
);
13521 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13523 *alt_stub
= *stub_entry
;
13524 stub_entry
->root
.next
= &alt_stub
->root
;
13526 /* Sort notoc stubs first, for no good
13528 alt_stub
= stub_entry
;
13529 alt_stub
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13531 stub_entry
= alt_stub
;
13533 old_type
= stub_entry
->stub_type
;
13539 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
13542 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
13543 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
13544 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
13545 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
13546 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13548 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13550 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13551 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13553 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13555 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13556 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13562 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
13563 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
13564 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
13565 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
13566 old_type
+= (ppc_stub_long_branch
13567 - ppc_stub_plt_branch
);
13568 /* Fall through. */
13569 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
13570 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
13571 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
13572 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
13573 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
)
13575 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13577 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13578 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13580 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13582 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13583 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13589 if (old_type
< stub_type
)
13590 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13594 stub_entry
= ppc_add_stub (stub_name
, section
, info
);
13595 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
13598 error_ret_free_internal
:
13599 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
== NULL
)
13600 free (internal_relocs
);
13601 error_ret_free_local
:
13602 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
13603 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13608 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13609 if (stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
13610 && stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
13612 stub_entry
->target_value
= sym_value
;
13613 stub_entry
->target_section
= sym_sec
;
13617 stub_entry
->target_value
= code_value
;
13618 stub_entry
->target_section
= code_sec
;
13620 stub_entry
->h
= hash
;
13621 stub_entry
->plt_ent
= plt_ent
;
13622 stub_entry
->symtype
13623 = hash
? hash
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
13624 stub_entry
->other
= hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
;
13627 && (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13628 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
13629 htab
->stub_globals
+= 1;
13632 /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */
13633 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13634 free (internal_relocs
);
13637 if (local_syms
!= NULL
13638 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13640 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
13643 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
13647 /* We may have added some stubs. Find out the new size of the
13649 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13651 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13652 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13653 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13655 asection
*stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
13657 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13658 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
)
13659 /* Past STUB_SHRINK_ITER, rawsize is the max size seen. */
13660 stub_sec
->rawsize
= stub_sec
->size
;
13661 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
13662 stub_sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
13663 stub_sec
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13666 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
13668 /* See emit_tga_desc and emit_tga_desc_eh_frame. */
13669 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
13670 = 1 + 2 + (htab
->opd_abi
!= 0) + 3 + 8 * 2 + 3 + 8 + 3;
13671 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
13672 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
13675 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13676 || htab
->brlt
->rawsize
< htab
->brlt
->size
)
13677 htab
->brlt
->rawsize
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
13678 htab
->brlt
->size
= 0;
13679 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
13680 htab
->brlt
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13681 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13682 htab
->relbrlt
->size
= 0;
13684 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_size_one_stub
, info
);
13686 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13687 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
13688 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
13690 if (info
->emitrelocations
13691 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13693 htab
->glink
->reloc_count
= 1;
13694 htab
->glink
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
13697 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13698 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
13699 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->size
> 8)
13701 size_t size
= 0, align
= 4;
13703 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13704 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13705 size
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13706 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13707 size
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13709 size
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
13710 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13711 size
= (size
+ align
- 1) & -align
;
13712 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
;
13713 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
;
13716 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
13717 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13718 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13720 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
13721 group
->stub_sec
->size
13722 = (group
->stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
13725 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13726 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
13727 && group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
!= group
->stub_sec
->size
13728 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13729 || group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
< group
->stub_sec
->size
))
13733 && (htab
->brlt
->rawsize
== htab
->brlt
->size
13734 || (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13735 && htab
->brlt
->rawsize
> htab
->brlt
->size
))
13736 && (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
13737 || htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
)
13738 && (htab
->tga_group
== NULL
13739 || htab
->stub_iteration
> 1))
13742 /* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */
13743 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
13746 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13747 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
13750 bfd_byte
*p
, *last_fde
;
13751 size_t last_fde_len
, size
, align
, pad
;
13752 struct map_stub
*group
;
13754 /* It is necessary to at least have a rough outline of the
13755 linker generated CIEs and FDEs written before
13756 bfd_elf_discard_info is run, in order for these FDEs to be
13757 indexed in .eh_frame_hdr. */
13758 p
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->owner
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
13761 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
= p
;
13765 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
13766 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
13767 last_fde_len
= ((sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13768 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13769 p
+= last_fde_len
+ 4;
13771 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13772 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13774 group
->eh_base
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13776 last_fde_len
= ((group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13778 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13781 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13782 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13784 /* Offset to stub section, written later. */
13786 /* stub section size. */
13787 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, group
->stub_sec
->size
, p
);
13789 /* Augmentation. */
13791 /* Make sure we don't have all nops. This is enough for
13792 elf-eh-frame.c to detect the last non-nop opcode. */
13793 p
[group
->eh_size
- 1] = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13794 p
= last_fde
+ last_fde_len
+ 4;
13796 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13799 last_fde_len
= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13801 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13804 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13805 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13807 /* Offset to .glink, written later. */
13810 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
- 8, p
);
13812 /* Augmentation. */
13815 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13816 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
13818 *p
++ = htab
->opd_abi
? 12 : 0;
13819 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ (htab
->opd_abi
? 5 : 7);
13820 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
13822 p
+= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 24;
13824 /* Subsume any padding into the last FDE if user .eh_frame
13825 sections are aligned more than glink_eh_frame. Otherwise any
13826 zero padding will be seen as a terminator. */
13827 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13828 size
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13829 pad
= ((size
+ align
- 1) & -align
) - size
;
13830 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
+ pad
;
13831 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
+ pad
, last_fde
);
13834 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->brlt
);
13835 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13836 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->relbrlt
);
13837 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
)
13838 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
);
13843 /* Called after we have determined section placement. If sections
13844 move, we'll be called again. Provide a value for TOCstart. */
13847 ppc64_elf_set_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*obfd
)
13850 bfd_vma TOCstart
, adjust
;
13854 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13855 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13857 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13858 && htab
->hgot
!= NULL
)
13862 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, ".TOC.", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13863 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
13867 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13868 && !h
->root
.linker_def
13869 && (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13870 || h
->def_regular
))
13872 TOCstart
= defined_sym_val (h
) - TOC_BASE_OFF
;
13873 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13878 /* The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, .plt in that
13879 order. The TOC starts where the first of these sections starts. */
13880 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".got");
13881 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13882 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".toc");
13883 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13884 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".tocbss");
13885 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13886 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".plt");
13887 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13889 /* This may happen for
13890 o references to TOC base (SYM@toc / TOC[tc0]) without a
13892 o bad linker script
13893 o --gc-sections and empty TOC sections
13895 FIXME: Warn user? */
13897 /* Look for a likely section. We probably won't even be
13899 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13900 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_READONLY
13902 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13905 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13906 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13907 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13910 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13911 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13915 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13916 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
13922 TOCstart
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
13924 /* Force alignment. */
13925 adjust
= TOCstart
& (TOC_BASE_ALIGN
- 1);
13926 TOCstart
-= adjust
;
13927 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13929 if (info
!= NULL
&& s
!= NULL
)
13931 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13935 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
13937 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
;
13938 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
13943 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
13944 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, obfd
, ".TOC.", BSF_GLOBAL
,
13945 s
, TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
,
13946 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
);
13952 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_build_stubs to
13953 write out any global entry stubs, and PLT relocations. */
13956 build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13958 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13959 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13960 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
13963 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
13967 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13971 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
13972 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13974 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage
13975 table. Set it up. */
13976 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
13977 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
13980 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
13981 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
13983 if (!(h
->def_regular
13984 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13985 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)))
13987 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13989 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
13990 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
13991 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
13993 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
13995 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
13999 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14000 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
14002 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
14004 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14006 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14011 rela
.r_addend
= defined_sym_val (h
) + ent
->addend
;
14013 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14015 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14016 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
14019 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
14020 toc
+= htab
->sec_info
[h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
].toc_off
;
14021 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14026 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
14027 + plt
->output_offset
14028 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
14029 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14030 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14031 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14036 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14037 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14038 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
14039 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14040 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->addend
;
14041 loc
= (htab
->elf
.srelplt
->contents
14042 + ((ent
->plt
.offset
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
14043 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)));
14044 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
14045 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
14046 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14050 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
14053 if (h
->def_regular
)
14056 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
14057 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
14060 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14061 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
14062 && ent
->addend
== 0)
14068 p
= s
->contents
+ h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
14069 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
14070 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
14071 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
14073 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14074 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14076 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14078 off
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
14079 off
-= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
14081 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 3) != 0)
14083 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14084 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
14085 h
->root
.root
.string
);
14086 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
14087 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14090 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1] += 1;
14091 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14093 size_t len
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
14094 char *name
= bfd_malloc (sizeof "12345678.global_entry." + len
);
14099 sprintf (name
, "%08x.global_entry.%s", s
->id
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
14100 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
14103 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14105 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14106 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
14107 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= p
- s
->contents
;
14108 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14109 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14110 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14111 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14113 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14117 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
14119 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, ADDIS_R12_R12
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
14122 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
14124 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14126 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14132 /* Write PLT relocs for locals. */
14135 write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14137 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14140 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
14142 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
, **end_lgot_ents
;
14143 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
14144 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14145 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
14146 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
14147 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
14149 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
14152 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
14156 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
14157 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
14158 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
14159 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
14160 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
14161 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
14162 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14163 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14165 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14167 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
14171 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
14172 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
14174 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14179 val
= sym
->st_value
+ ent
->addend
;
14180 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14181 val
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (sym
->st_other
);
14182 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
14183 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
14185 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14187 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
14188 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14189 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
14193 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14194 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
14197 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14199 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14200 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
14203 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (ibfd
);
14204 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14209 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
14210 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
14211 + plt
->output_offset
14212 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
14213 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14216 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
14218 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
14223 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14225 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14227 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
14228 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14229 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14230 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14234 if (local_syms
!= NULL
14235 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14237 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
14240 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
14246 /* Emit the static wrapper function preserving registers around a
14247 __tls_get_addr_opt call. */
14250 emit_tga_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
14252 asection
*stub_sec
= htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
;
14253 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14255 bfd_vma to
, from
, delta
;
14257 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14258 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== stub_sec
14259 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
== 0);
14260 to
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
14261 from
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
) + cfa_updt
;
14263 if (delta
+ (1 << 25) >= 1 << 26)
14265 _bfd_error_handler (_("__tls_get_addr call offset overflow"));
14266 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14270 p
= stub_sec
->contents
;
14271 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14272 bfd_put_32 (stub_sec
->owner
, B_DOT
| 1 | (delta
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
14274 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14275 return stub_sec
->size
== (bfd_size_type
) (p
- stub_sec
->contents
);
14278 /* Emit eh_frame describing the static wrapper function. */
14281 emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
, bfd_byte
*p
)
14283 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14286 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ cfa_updt
/ 4;
14287 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14295 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
14297 *p
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
14298 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14300 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
14301 *p
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
14303 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 10;
14304 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14306 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14307 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
14308 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
14309 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
14314 /* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file.
14315 The stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker
14316 hash table. This function is called via gldelf64ppc_finish. */
14319 ppc64_elf_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14322 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14323 struct map_stub
*group
;
14324 asection
*stub_sec
;
14326 int stub_sec_count
= 0;
14331 /* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */
14332 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14334 group
->eh_size
= 0;
14335 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
14336 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
14337 && stub_sec
->size
!= 0)
14339 stub_sec
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
14341 if (stub_sec
->contents
== NULL
)
14343 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
14347 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14352 /* Build the .glink plt call stub. */
14353 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14355 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14356 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
14357 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
14360 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14362 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14363 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
14364 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 8;
14365 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14366 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14367 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14368 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14370 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14373 plt0
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14374 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14376 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
14378 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
= get_relocs (htab
->glink
, 1);
14381 r
->r_offset
= (htab
->glink
->output_offset
14382 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
14383 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL64
);
14384 r
->r_addend
= plt0
;
14386 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
14387 plt0
-= htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->glink
->output_offset
;
14388 bfd_put_64 (htab
->glink
->owner
, plt0
, p
);
14392 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
14394 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14396 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14398 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14400 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
14402 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14404 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14406 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| 8, p
);
14408 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14410 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 16, p
);
14415 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
14417 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14419 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14421 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, STD_R2_0R1
+ 24, p
);
14423 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14425 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
14427 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SUB_R12_R12_R11
, p
);
14429 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14431 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADDI_R0_R12
| (-48 & 0xffff), p
);
14433 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14435 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SRDI_R0_R0_2
, p
);
14437 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14439 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 8, p
);
14442 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14444 BFD_ASSERT (p
== htab
->glink
->contents
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
));
14446 /* Build the .glink lazy link call stubs. */
14448 while (p
< htab
->glink
->contents
+ htab
->glink
->size
)
14454 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LI_R0_0
| indx
, p
);
14459 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LIS_R0_0
| PPC_HI (indx
), p
);
14461 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ORI_R0_R0_0
| PPC_LO (indx
),
14466 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
,
14467 B_DOT
| ((htab
->glink
->contents
- p
+ 8) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
14473 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
14475 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
14476 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
14477 if (!emit_tga_desc (htab
))
14479 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14480 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14484 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14485 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14487 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
= emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (htab
, p
) - p
;
14491 /* Build .glink global entry stubs, and PLT relocs for globals. */
14492 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt
, info
);
14494 if (!write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (info
))
14497 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->brlt
->size
!= 0)
14499 htab
->brlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->brlt
->owner
,
14501 if (htab
->brlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14504 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->relbrlt
->size
!= 0)
14506 htab
->relbrlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
,
14507 htab
->relbrlt
->size
);
14508 if (htab
->relbrlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14512 /* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */
14513 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_build_one_stub
, info
);
14515 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14516 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14517 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
14519 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
14520 htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
14522 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
14523 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14524 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14526 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
14527 stub_sec
->size
= (stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
14530 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14531 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14533 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
14534 memcpy (stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
,
14535 htab
->sfpr
->contents
, htab
->sfpr
->size
);
14536 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14540 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
14541 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], stub_sec
))
14546 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14547 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14552 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14553 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14555 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14556 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
14558 /* Offset to stub section. */
14559 val
= (group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
14560 + group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
);
14561 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14562 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14563 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14564 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14567 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14568 group
->stub_sec
->name
);
14571 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14572 p
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + 3) & -4;
14574 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14576 /* Offset to .glink. */
14577 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
14578 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
14580 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14581 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14582 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14583 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14586 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14587 htab
->glink
->name
);
14590 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14591 p
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
14595 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14596 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14598 stub_sec_count
+= 1;
14599 if (stub_sec
->rawsize
!= stub_sec
->size
14600 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14601 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
))
14607 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14608 _bfd_error_handler (_("stubs don't match calculated size"));
14611 if (htab
->stub_error
)
14617 if (asprintf (&groupmsg
,
14618 ngettext ("linker stubs in %u group\n",
14619 "linker stubs in %u groups\n",
14621 stub_sec_count
) < 0)
14625 if (asprintf (stats
, _("%s"
14627 " branch toc adj %lu\n"
14628 " branch notoc %lu\n"
14629 " branch both %lu\n"
14630 " long branch %lu\n"
14631 " long toc adj %lu\n"
14632 " long notoc %lu\n"
14635 " plt call save %lu\n"
14636 " plt call notoc %lu\n"
14637 " plt call both %lu\n"
14638 " global entry %lu"),
14640 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch
- 1],
14641 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
- 1],
14642 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
- 1],
14643 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_both
- 1],
14644 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch
- 1],
14645 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
- 1],
14646 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
- 1],
14647 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
- 1],
14648 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call
- 1],
14649 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
- 1],
14650 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
- 1],
14651 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_both
- 1],
14652 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1]) < 0)
14660 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
14661 discarded sections. */
14663 static unsigned int
14664 ppc64_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
14666 if (strcmp (".opd", sec
->name
) == 0)
14669 if (strcmp (".toc", sec
->name
) == 0)
14672 if (strcmp (".toc1", sec
->name
) == 0)
14675 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
14678 /* These are the dynamic relocations supported by glibc. */
14681 ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
14685 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
14687 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
14688 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
14689 case R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
:
14690 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
14691 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
14692 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
14693 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
14694 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
14695 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
14696 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
14697 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
14698 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
14699 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
14700 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
14701 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
14702 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
14703 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
14704 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
14705 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
14706 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
14707 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
14708 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
14709 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
14710 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
14711 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
14712 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
14713 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
14715 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
14716 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
14717 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
14718 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
14719 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
14720 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
14721 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
14722 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
14723 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
14724 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
14725 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
14726 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
14727 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
14728 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
14729 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
14730 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
14738 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
14739 to handle the relocations for a section.
14741 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
14742 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
14745 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
14746 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
14747 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
14750 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
14751 address or the reloc symbol index.
14753 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
14755 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
14756 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
14758 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
14759 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
14761 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
14762 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
14763 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
14764 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
14768 ppc64_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
14769 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14771 asection
*input_section
,
14772 bfd_byte
*contents
,
14773 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
14774 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
14775 asection
**local_sections
)
14777 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14778 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14779 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
14780 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
14781 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
14782 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
14783 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
14785 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
;
14787 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
14788 bfd_boolean is_opd
;
14789 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
14790 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
14791 bfd_boolean warned_dynamic
= FALSE
;
14792 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
14794 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
14795 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
14798 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14802 /* Don't relocate stub sections. */
14803 if (input_section
->owner
== htab
->params
->stub_bfd
)
14806 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
14808 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
14812 local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (input_bfd
);
14813 TOCstart
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
14814 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
14815 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
14816 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
14818 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
14819 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
14820 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
14822 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
14824 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
14825 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14827 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h_elf
;
14828 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14829 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
14830 const char *sym_name
;
14831 unsigned long r_symndx
, toc_symndx
;
14832 bfd_vma toc_addend
;
14833 unsigned char tls_mask
, tls_gd
, tls_type
;
14834 unsigned char sym_type
;
14835 bfd_vma relocation
;
14836 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
14837 bfd_boolean warned
;
14838 enum { DEST_NORMAL
, DEST_OPD
, DEST_STUB
} reloc_dest
;
14841 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
14842 bfd_vma max_br_offset
;
14844 Elf_Internal_Rela orig_rel
;
14845 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
14846 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
14853 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
14854 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
14856 /* For old style R_PPC64_TOC relocs with a zero symbol, use the
14857 symbol of the previous ADDR64 reloc. The symbol gives us the
14858 proper TOC base to use. */
14859 if (rel
->r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC
)
14861 && ELF64_R_TYPE (wrel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
14863 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (wrel
[-1].r_info
);
14869 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14872 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
14874 /* It's a local symbol. */
14875 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
14877 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
14878 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
14879 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
14880 sym_type
= ELF64_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
14881 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
14882 opd
= get_opd_info (sec
);
14883 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
14885 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
14891 /* If this is a relocation against the opd section sym
14892 and we have edited .opd, adjust the reloc addend so
14893 that ld -r and ld --emit-relocs output is correct.
14894 If it is a reloc against some other .opd symbol,
14895 then the symbol value will be adjusted later. */
14896 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
14897 rel
->r_addend
+= adjust
;
14899 relocation
+= adjust
;
14905 bfd_boolean ignored
;
14907 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
14908 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
14909 h_elf
, sec
, relocation
,
14910 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
14911 sym_name
= h_elf
->root
.root
.string
;
14912 sym_type
= h_elf
->type
;
14914 && sec
->owner
== output_bfd
14915 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
14917 /* This is a symbol defined in a linker script. All
14918 such are defined in output sections, even those
14919 defined by simple assignment from a symbol defined in
14920 an input section. Transfer the symbol to an
14921 appropriate input .opd section, so that a branch to
14922 this symbol will be mapped to the location specified
14923 by the opd entry. */
14924 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
14925 for (lo
= sec
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
14926 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14928 asection
*isec
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14929 if (h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
>= isec
->output_offset
14930 && h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
< (isec
->output_offset
14933 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= isec
->output_offset
;
14934 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.section
= isec
;
14941 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h_elf
);
14943 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
14945 _bfd_clear_contents (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
],
14946 input_bfd
, input_section
,
14947 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
14948 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
14950 wrel
->r_addend
= 0;
14952 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
14953 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
14954 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
14955 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
14956 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14957 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
14963 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14966 if (h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
14968 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
14969 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14970 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14973 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
14974 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
14975 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
14976 for the final instruction stream. */
14981 tls_mask
= h
->tls_mask
;
14982 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
14984 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
14985 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14986 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
14987 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14988 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
14990 if (((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0 || tls_mask
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
14991 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14992 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14993 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14995 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
14996 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
14998 if (!get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
14999 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
15003 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
15006 /* Check that tls relocs are used with tls syms, and non-tls
15007 relocs are used with non-tls syms. */
15008 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
15009 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
15011 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
15012 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
15013 && IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
) != (sym_type
== STT_TLS
))
15015 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15016 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
15017 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
15018 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
15019 /* R_PPC64_TLS is OK against a symbol in the TOC. */
15022 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15023 (!IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
)
15024 /* xgettext:c-format */
15025 ? _("%H: %s used with TLS symbol `%pT'\n")
15026 /* xgettext:c-format */
15027 : _("%H: %s used with non-TLS symbol `%pT'\n"),
15028 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
15029 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
15033 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
15034 if (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
+ 1
15035 || R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
!= R_PPC64_TOC16
+ 1
15036 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
15037 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
15038 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
15039 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
15040 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
& 3)
15041 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
& 3)
15042 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
15043 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
15051 case R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
:
15052 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15053 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 58u << 26)
15055 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15056 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15057 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15058 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15061 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
15062 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
15063 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
15064 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
15066 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
15067 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
15070 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
15071 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
);
15077 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
15078 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
15079 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
)
15081 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15082 && (tls_mask
& (TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
)) == 0)
15087 /* If we found a GD reloc pair, then we might be
15088 doing a GD->IE transition. */
15092 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15093 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15096 else if (retval
== 3)
15098 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15099 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15107 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
15108 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
15109 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15110 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15112 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15113 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15114 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15115 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15119 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
15120 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
15121 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15122 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15125 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15126 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15128 insn
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis 0,13,0 */
15129 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
15130 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15131 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15132 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15134 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15135 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15136 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15137 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15141 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15145 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
15146 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15147 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15149 /* pld ra,sym@got@tprel@pcrel -> paddi ra,r13,sym@tprel */
15150 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15152 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15153 pinsn
+= ((2ULL << 56) + (-1ULL << 52)
15154 + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26) + (13ULL << 16));
15155 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15156 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15157 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15158 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15159 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15160 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15165 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15166 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15168 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15169 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 13);
15172 if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 0)
15174 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15175 /* Was PPC64_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
15176 PPC64_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
15177 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
15178 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15179 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15181 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15182 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15183 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15184 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15188 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15190 else if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 1)
15192 /* For pcrel IE to LE we already have the full
15193 offset and thus don't need an addi here. A nop
15195 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14 << 26)
15197 /* Extract regs from addi rt,ra,si. */
15198 unsigned int rt
= (insn
>> 21) & 0x1f;
15199 unsigned int ra
= (insn
>> 16) & 0x1f;
15204 /* Build or ra,rs,rb with rb==rs, ie. mr ra,rs. */
15205 insn
= (rt
<< 16) | (ra
<< 21) | (ra
<< 11);
15206 insn
|= (31u << 26) | (444u << 1);
15209 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- 1);
15214 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
15215 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
15217 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15221 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
15222 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
15223 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15226 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15227 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
15228 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15231 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15232 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15233 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15235 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15239 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
15240 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
15242 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15246 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
15247 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
15248 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15250 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15253 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
15254 /* If not using the newer R_PPC64_TLSGD/LD to mark
15255 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
15256 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
15257 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
15258 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
15259 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
15260 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15261 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
15262 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
15264 htab
->tls_get_addr
,
15266 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
15267 /* We read the low GOT_TLS (or TOC16) insn because we
15268 need to keep the destination reg. It may be
15269 something other than the usual r3, and moved to r3
15270 before the call by intervening code. */
15271 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15272 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15273 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15276 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
15277 insn1
|= 58u << 26; /* ld */
15278 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15279 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15280 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15281 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16
15282 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
)
15283 r_type
+= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
- R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15285 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 1)) & 1)
15286 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15287 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15292 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
15293 insn1
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis r,13,0 */
15294 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15297 /* Was an LD reloc. */
15298 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15299 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15301 else if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15303 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15304 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15306 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15307 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15308 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15310 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
,
15311 R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
);
15312 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15313 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15316 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
15317 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15318 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15320 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15321 if (offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15323 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15324 if (insn2
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15325 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15328 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) == 0
15329 && (tls_gd
== 0 || toc_symndx
!= 0))
15331 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order
15332 to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15338 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
15339 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15341 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15343 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15344 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15346 /* IE, pla -> pld */
15347 pinsn
+= (-2ULL << 56) + (57ULL << 26) - (14ULL << 26);
15348 r_type
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
;
15352 /* LE, pla pcrel -> paddi r13 */
15353 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15354 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15356 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15357 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15358 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15359 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15360 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15364 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
15365 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15367 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15369 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15370 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15371 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15372 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15373 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15374 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15375 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15376 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15377 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15378 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15383 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
15384 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
15385 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15387 unsigned int insn2
;
15388 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15390 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15391 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15393 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15394 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15395 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15396 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15397 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15401 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15402 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15404 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15407 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15408 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15413 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15415 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15416 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15418 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15419 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15421 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15426 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15427 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15428 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15431 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15432 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15433 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15434 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15435 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15436 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) == 0
15438 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15443 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
15444 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
15445 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15447 unsigned int insn2
;
15448 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15450 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15451 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15453 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15454 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15455 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15456 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15457 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15461 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15462 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15464 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15465 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15467 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15472 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15473 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15474 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15475 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15476 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15478 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15479 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15480 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15481 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15482 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15483 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15488 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
15489 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15490 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
15491 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
15493 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15495 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15496 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15497 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
15500 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15501 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15503 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15508 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15510 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15511 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15512 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15517 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
15518 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15520 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15521 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15525 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
15526 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15527 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15528 && !info
->traditional_format
15529 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15531 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15533 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15534 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15535 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15536 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15538 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15539 LIS_R2
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15540 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15541 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15542 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15543 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15548 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
15549 + input_section
->output_offset
15550 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15551 if (relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15553 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15555 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15556 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15557 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15558 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15560 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15561 ADDIS_R2_R12
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15562 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15563 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15564 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15565 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15571 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
15572 /* If we are generating a non-PIC executable, edit
15573 . 0: addis 2,12,.TOC.-0b@ha
15574 . addi 2,2,.TOC.-0b@l
15575 used by ELFv2 global entry points to set up r2, to
15578 if .TOC. is in range. */
15579 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15580 && !info
->traditional_format
15582 && rel
->r_addend
== d_offset
15583 && h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
15584 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15585 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
)
15586 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15587 && rel
[1].r_addend
== rel
->r_addend
+ 4
15588 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15590 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15591 offset
= rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
15592 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15593 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15594 if ((insn1
& 0xffff0000) == ADDIS_R2_R12
15595 && (insn2
& 0xffff0000) == ADDI_R2_R2
)
15597 r_type
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
15598 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15599 rel
->r_addend
-= d_offset
;
15600 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
);
15601 rel
[1].r_addend
-= d_offset
+ 4;
15602 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, LIS_R2
, contents
+ offset
);
15608 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
15610 max_br_offset
= 1 << 25;
15611 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15612 reloc_dest
= DEST_NORMAL
;
15618 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
15619 if (relocation
+ addend
== (rel
->r_offset
15620 + input_section
->output_offset
15621 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
)
15622 && tocsave_find (htab
, NO_INSERT
,
15623 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
15625 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15627 || insn
== CROR_151515
|| insn
== CROR_313131
)
15628 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15629 STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15630 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15634 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
15635 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
15636 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
15637 insn
= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
15638 /* Fall through. */
15640 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
15641 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
15642 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
15643 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15644 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
) & ~(0x01 << 21);
15645 /* Fall through. */
15647 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
15648 max_br_offset
= 1 << 15;
15649 /* Fall through. */
15651 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
15652 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
15653 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
15654 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
15655 /* Calls to functions with a different TOC, such as calls to
15656 shared objects, need to alter the TOC pointer. This is
15657 done using a linkage stub. A REL24 branching to these
15658 linkage stubs needs to be followed by a nop, as the nop
15659 will be replaced with an instruction to restore the TOC
15664 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
15665 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
15666 stub_entry
= ppc_get_stub_entry (input_section
, sec
, fdh
, &orig_rel
,
15668 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
15669 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15670 && stub_entry
!= NULL
15671 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15672 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15675 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15676 && ((stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15677 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15678 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15679 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15680 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15681 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
))
15683 bfd_boolean can_plt_call
= FALSE
;
15685 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15687 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
15688 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&h
->elf
))
15690 /* The function doesn't use or change r2. */
15691 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15693 else if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15695 /* NOTOC calls don't need to restore r2. */
15696 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15699 /* All of these stubs may modify r2, so there must be a
15700 branch and link followed by a nop. The nop is
15701 replaced by an insn to restore r2. */
15702 else if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15706 br
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15707 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15712 nop
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15713 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15714 if (nop
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15715 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15716 else if (nop
== NOP
15717 || nop
== CROR_151515
15718 || nop
== CROR_313131
)
15721 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15722 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15724 /* Special stub used, leave nop alone. */
15727 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15728 LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15729 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15730 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15735 if (!can_plt_call
&& h
!= NULL
)
15737 const char *name
= h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
;
15742 if (strncmp (name
, "__libc_start_main", 17) == 0
15743 && (name
[17] == 0 || name
[17] == '@'))
15745 /* Allow crt1 branch to go via a toc adjusting
15746 stub. Other calls that never return could do
15747 the same, if we could detect such. */
15748 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15754 /* g++ as of 20130507 emits self-calls without a
15755 following nop. This is arguably wrong since we
15756 have conflicting information. On the one hand a
15757 global symbol and on the other a local call
15758 sequence, but don't error for this special case.
15759 It isn't possible to cheaply verify we have
15760 exactly such a call. Allow all calls to the same
15762 asection
*code_sec
= sec
;
15764 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15766 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15767 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15768 - sec
->output_offset
);
15770 opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15772 if (code_sec
== input_section
)
15773 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15778 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15779 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15780 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15781 /* xgettext:c-format */
15782 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15783 "(plt call stub)\n"),
15784 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15786 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15787 /* xgettext:c-format */
15788 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15789 "(toc save/adjust stub)\n"),
15790 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15792 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15797 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15798 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15799 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
15802 if ((stub_entry
== NULL
15803 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15804 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15805 && get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15807 /* The branch destination is the value of the opd entry. */
15808 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15809 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15810 - sec
->output_offset
);
15811 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15812 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15816 reloc_dest
= DEST_OPD
;
15820 /* If the branch is out of reach we ought to have a long
15822 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15823 + input_section
->output_offset
15824 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15826 relocation
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (fdh
15830 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15831 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15832 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15833 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
15834 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
15835 || (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15836 < 2 * max_br_offset
)))
15837 /* Don't use the stub if this branch is in range. */
15840 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15841 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
15842 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15843 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
15844 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15845 && (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15846 || ((fdh
? fdh
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
15847 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
) <= 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)
15848 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15849 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15852 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15853 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15854 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15855 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15856 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15857 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15858 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15859 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15862 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
15864 /* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub
15865 rather than the procedure directly. */
15866 asection
*stub_sec
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
15868 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_save_res
)
15869 relocation
+= (stub_sec
->output_offset
15870 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
15871 + stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
15872 - htab
->sfpr
->output_offset
15873 - htab
->sfpr
->output_section
->vma
);
15875 relocation
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
15876 + stub_sec
->output_offset
15877 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
15879 reloc_dest
= DEST_STUB
;
15881 if (((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15882 && ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
)
15883 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
15884 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15886 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15887 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15888 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15889 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15890 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
)
15892 else if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15893 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15894 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15895 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15898 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15899 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
15900 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
))
15901 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
15908 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
15909 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
15910 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
15911 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
15912 insn
|= 0x02 << 21;
15913 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
15914 insn
|= 0x08 << 21;
15920 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
15921 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ addend
- from
) < 0)
15922 insn
^= 0x01 << 21;
15925 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15928 /* NOP out calls to undefined weak functions.
15929 We can thus call a weak function without first
15930 checking whether the function is defined. */
15932 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
15933 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
15934 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
15935 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15939 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15944 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
15945 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
15946 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
15948 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15949 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
15950 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15952 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15953 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15955 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15956 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15957 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15958 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15963 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
15964 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
15965 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
15966 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
15968 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15969 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
15970 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15972 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15973 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15975 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15976 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15977 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15978 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15980 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */)
15982 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
15983 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15988 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
15989 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
15990 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
15992 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15993 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
15994 + input_section
->output_offset
);
15995 if (!(relocation
- from
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34
15996 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)))
15999 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
16000 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
16002 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16003 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
16004 != ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) | (57ULL << 26) /* pld */))
16007 /* Replace with paddi. */
16008 pinsn
+= (2ULL << 56) + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26);
16009 r_type
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
16010 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16011 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ offset
);
16012 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16013 /* Fall through. */
16015 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
16016 if (!htab
->params
->no_pcrel_opt
16017 && rel
+ 1 < relend
16018 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
16019 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
)
16020 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16022 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
16023 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
16025 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16026 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
16027 == ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
16028 | (14ULL << 26) /* paddi */))
16030 bfd_vma off2
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
16032 /* zero means next insn. */
16035 if (off2
+ 4 <= input_section
->size
)
16038 bfd_signed_vma addend_off
;
16039 pinsn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ off2
);
16041 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
16043 if (off2
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
16045 pinsn2
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
16046 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
16048 if (xlate_pcrel_opt (&pinsn
, &pinsn2
, &addend_off
))
16050 addend
+= addend_off
;
16051 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
16052 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
16053 contents
+ offset
);
16054 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
,
16055 contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16056 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
>> 32,
16058 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
16059 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
,
16060 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
16069 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
16073 /* xgettext:c-format */
16074 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
16075 input_bfd
, ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
16077 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16083 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
16084 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
16085 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
16086 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
16087 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
16088 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
16089 case R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
:
16092 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
16093 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
16094 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
16095 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
16096 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
16097 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16098 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16099 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16100 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
16101 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
16104 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
16105 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16106 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16107 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16108 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
16109 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
16112 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
16113 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16114 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16115 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16116 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
16117 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
16120 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
16121 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16122 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16123 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16124 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
16125 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
16128 case R_PPC64_GOT16
:
16129 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16130 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16131 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16132 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16133 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16134 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
16137 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
16142 unsigned long indx
= 0;
16143 struct got_entry
*ent
;
16145 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
16146 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16147 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (input_bfd
);
16152 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16153 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
16154 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16155 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16156 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
16157 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
16158 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
16159 because of a version file. */
16163 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16164 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16166 ent
= h
->elf
.got
.glist
;
16170 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
16172 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
16175 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16176 if (ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
16177 && ent
->owner
== input_bfd
16178 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
16184 if (ent
->is_indirect
)
16185 ent
= ent
->got
.ent
;
16186 offp
= &ent
->got
.offset
;
16187 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->got
;
16191 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8. We use the
16192 least significant bit to record whether we have already
16193 processed this entry. */
16195 if ((off
& 1) != 0)
16199 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker, except in
16200 the case of TLSLD where we'll use one entry per
16208 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16209 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
16212 relgot
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16213 if (indx
== 0 || is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16214 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
16217 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16219 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16221 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
16222 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))))
16223 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->relgot
;
16224 if (relgot
!= NULL
)
16226 outrel
.r_offset
= (got
->output_section
->vma
16227 + got
->output_offset
16229 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16230 if (tls_type
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
16232 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16233 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
);
16234 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
16236 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16237 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16238 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16239 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
16241 outrel
.r_offset
+= 8;
16242 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16244 = ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16247 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
16248 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16249 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
16250 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_TPREL64
);
16251 else if (indx
!= 0)
16252 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
);
16256 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16258 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16260 /* Write the .got section contents for the sake
16262 loc
= got
->contents
+ off
;
16263 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, outrel
.r_addend
+ relocation
,
16267 if (indx
== 0 && tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
16269 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16270 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
16272 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16273 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16275 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
16278 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16279 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16280 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16281 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16284 /* Init the .got section contents here if we're not
16285 emitting a reloc. */
16288 relocation
+= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16291 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16295 if (tls_type
& TLS_LD
)
16298 relocation
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16299 if (tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
)
16300 relocation
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
16303 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
))
16305 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16306 got
->contents
+ off
+ 8);
16310 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16311 got
->contents
+ off
);
16315 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
16318 relocation
= got
->output_section
->vma
+ got
->output_offset
+ off
;
16320 if (!(r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
16321 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
16322 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
16323 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
16324 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
))
16325 addend
= -(TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16329 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16330 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
16331 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16332 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16333 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16334 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16335 case R_PPC64_PLT32
:
16336 case R_PPC64_PLT64
:
16337 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16338 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16339 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16340 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16341 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
16342 procedure linkage table. */
16343 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16345 struct plt_entry
**plt_list
= NULL
;
16347 plt_list
= &h
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
16348 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
16350 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
16351 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
16352 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
16356 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
16358 for (ent
= *plt_list
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16359 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
16360 && ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
)
16365 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
16366 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16368 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16371 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16372 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16373 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
16375 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
16377 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
16378 + plt
->output_offset
16379 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
16380 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
16381 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
16382 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
16383 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
)
16385 got
= (elf_gp (output_bfd
)
16386 + htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16390 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16398 /* Relocation value is TOC base. */
16399 relocation
= TOCstart
;
16400 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
16401 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16402 else if (unresolved_reloc
)
16404 else if (sec
!= NULL
&& sec
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
16405 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[sec
->id
].toc_off
;
16407 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16410 /* TOC16 relocs. We want the offset relative to the TOC base,
16411 which is the address of the start of the TOC plus 0x8000.
16412 The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, and .plt,
16414 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
16415 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16416 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16417 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
16418 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16419 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16420 addend
-= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16425 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
16426 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
16427 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
16428 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
16429 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
16430 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
16431 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16433 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
16436 case R_PPC64_REL16
:
16437 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
16438 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
16439 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16440 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
16441 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16442 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
16443 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16444 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
16445 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16446 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
16447 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16448 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
16449 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16450 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16451 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
16452 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
16453 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
16454 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
16455 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
16456 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
16457 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
16460 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
16461 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16462 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
16463 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16464 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
16465 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16466 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
16467 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16468 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
16469 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16470 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16471 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16472 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
16474 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
16475 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16477 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
16478 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
16479 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
16480 defined before using them. */
16481 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
16483 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16484 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 13);
16486 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16489 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16490 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16491 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
16492 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
16493 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
16496 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
16497 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
16498 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
16499 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16500 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
16501 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16502 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
16503 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16504 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
16505 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16506 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16507 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16508 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
16509 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16510 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16513 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
16514 addend
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
!= NULL
16519 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
16524 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
16525 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16526 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16529 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
16530 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16531 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16532 /* Fall through. */
16534 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a
16536 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
16537 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
16538 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
16539 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
16540 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
16541 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
16542 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
16543 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16544 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16545 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
16546 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
16547 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16548 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
16549 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16550 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
16551 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16552 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
16553 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16554 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
16555 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16556 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
16557 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16558 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
16559 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
16560 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
16561 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
16562 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
16563 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
16565 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
16566 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
16567 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16570 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
16573 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
16576 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16578 || h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
16579 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
16580 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
16582 ? h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
16583 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16585 bfd_boolean skip
, relocate
;
16590 /* When generating a dynamic object, these relocations
16591 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
16597 out_off
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
16598 input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
16599 if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
16601 else if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
16602 skip
= TRUE
, relocate
= TRUE
;
16603 out_off
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
16604 + input_section
->output_offset
);
16605 outrel
.r_offset
= out_off
;
16606 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
16608 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
16609 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) != 0)
16610 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) == 0))
16611 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR64
^ R_PPC64_UADDR64
;
16612 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) != 0)
16613 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) == 0))
16614 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR32
^ R_PPC64_UADDR32
;
16615 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) != 0)
16616 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) == 0))
16617 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR16
^ R_PPC64_UADDR16
;
16620 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
16621 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16623 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC
)
16625 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16626 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
16627 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16631 /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local,
16632 or this is an opd section reloc which must point
16633 at a local function. */
16634 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16635 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
16637 if (is_opd
&& h
!= NULL
)
16639 /* Lie about opd entries. This case occurs
16640 when building shared libraries and we
16641 reference a function in another shared
16642 lib. The same thing happens for a weak
16643 definition in an application that's
16644 overridden by a strong definition in a
16645 shared lib. (I believe this is a generic
16646 bug in binutils handling of weak syms.)
16647 In these cases we won't use the opd
16648 entry in this lib. */
16649 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16652 && r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
16654 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16655 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16656 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16659 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16661 /* We need to relocate .opd contents for ld.so.
16662 Prelink also wants simple and consistent rules
16663 for relocs. This make all RELATIVE relocs have
16664 *r_offset equal to r_addend. */
16671 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16672 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16674 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16675 /* xgettext:c-format */
16676 (_("%H: %s for indirect "
16677 "function `%pT' unsupported\n"),
16678 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16679 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
16683 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
16685 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
16687 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16692 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
16694 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
16696 /* TLS symbol values are relative to the
16697 TLS segment. Dynamic relocations for
16698 local TLS symbols therefore can't be
16699 reduced to a relocation against their
16700 section symbol because it holds the
16701 address of the section, not a value
16702 relative to the TLS segment. We could
16703 change the .tdata dynamic section symbol
16704 to be zero value but STN_UNDEF works
16705 and is used elsewhere, eg. for TPREL64
16706 GOT relocs against local TLS symbols. */
16707 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
16712 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16715 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
16716 && htab
->elf
.data_index_section
!= NULL
)
16717 osec
= htab
->elf
.data_index_section
;
16719 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
16720 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16722 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
16725 /* We are turning this relocation into one
16726 against a section symbol, so subtract out
16727 the output section's address but not the
16728 offset of the input section in the output
16730 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
16733 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16737 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
16739 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16740 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16742 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16743 if (indx
== 0 || is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16744 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
16746 if (sreloc
== NULL
)
16749 if (sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)
16752 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
16753 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
16754 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16756 if (!warned_dynamic
16757 && !ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)))
16759 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16760 /* xgettext:c-format */
16761 (_("%X%P: %pB: %s against %pT "
16762 "is not supported by glibc as a dynamic relocation\n"),
16764 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)]->name
,
16766 warned_dynamic
= TRUE
;
16769 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, it will
16770 be computed at runtime, so there's no need to do
16771 anything now. However, for the sake of prelink ensure
16772 that the section contents are a known value. */
16775 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16776 /* The value chosen here is quite arbitrary as ld.so
16777 ignores section contents except for the special
16778 case of .opd where the contents might be accessed
16779 before relocation. Choose zero, as that won't
16780 cause reloc overflow. */
16783 /* Use *r_offset == r_addend for R_PPC64_ADDR64 relocs
16784 to improve backward compatibility with older
16786 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
16787 addend
= outrel
.r_addend
;
16788 /* Adjust pc_relative relocs to have zero in *r_offset. */
16789 else if (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->pc_relative
)
16790 addend
= outrel
.r_offset
;
16796 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
16797 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
16798 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
16799 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
16800 /* We shouldn't ever see these dynamic relocs in relocatable
16802 /* Fall through. */
16804 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
:
16805 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16806 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16807 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
:
16808 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
:
16809 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16810 case R_PPC64_PLTREL32
:
16811 case R_PPC64_PLTREL64
:
16812 /* These ones haven't been implemented yet. */
16814 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16815 /* xgettext:c-format */
16816 (_("%P: %pB: %s is not supported for `%pT'\n"),
16818 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, sym_name
);
16820 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
16825 /* Multi-instruction sequences that access the TOC can be
16826 optimized, eg. addis ra,r2,0; addi rb,ra,x;
16827 to nop; addi rb,r2,x; */
16833 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16834 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16835 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16836 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16837 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16838 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16839 /* These relocs would only be useful if building up an
16840 offset to later add to r2, perhaps in an indexed
16841 addressing mode instruction. Don't try to optimize.
16842 Unfortunately, the possibility of someone building up an
16843 offset like this or even with the HA relocs, means that
16844 we need to check the high insn when optimizing the low
16848 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16849 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16850 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16851 /* Fall through. */
16852 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16853 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16855 /* No plt entry. Make this into a direct call. */
16856 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16857 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16859 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B_DOT
| insn
, p
);
16860 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
16861 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
+ 4);
16862 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
16863 r_type
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
16867 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16868 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16869 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16871 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16876 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16877 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16878 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16879 /* Fall through. */
16880 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16881 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16883 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16884 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
>> 32, p
);
16885 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
, p
+ 4);
16886 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16891 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16892 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16894 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16897 /* Fall through. */
16898 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16899 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16900 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16901 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16902 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16903 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16904 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16905 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16909 p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16910 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16915 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16916 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16917 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16919 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16922 /* Fall through. */
16923 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16924 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16925 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16926 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16927 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16928 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16929 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16930 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16931 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16932 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16934 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16935 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16936 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */)
16938 /* Transform addic to addi when we change reg. */
16939 insn
&= ~((0x3fu
<< 26) | (0x1f << 16));
16940 insn
|= (14u << 26) | (2 << 16);
16944 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16947 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16951 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16952 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16954 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16955 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16960 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16961 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16962 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16964 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16965 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16966 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16968 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16973 /* Do any further special processing. */
16979 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16980 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16981 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16982 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16983 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16984 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16985 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16986 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16987 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16988 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16989 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16990 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16991 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16992 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16993 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16994 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16995 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16996 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16997 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16998 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
16999 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
17000 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
17001 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
17004 /* Fall through. */
17006 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
17007 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
17008 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
17009 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
17010 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
17011 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
17012 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
17013 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
17014 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
17018 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17019 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
17020 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
17021 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
17022 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
17024 addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
17027 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
17028 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
17029 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
17030 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
17031 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
17032 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
17033 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
17034 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
17035 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
17036 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
17037 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
17038 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
17039 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17040 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
17041 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17042 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
17043 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17044 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
17045 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17046 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17048 /* If this reloc is against an lq, lxv, or stxv insn, then
17049 the value must be a multiple of 16. This is somewhat of
17050 a hack, but the "correct" way to do this by defining _DQ
17051 forms of all the _DS relocs bloats all reloc switches in
17052 this file. It doesn't make much sense to use these
17053 relocs in data, so testing the insn should be safe. */
17054 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (56u << 26)
17055 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) && (insn
& 3) == 1))
17057 relocation
+= addend
;
17058 addend
= insn
& (mask
^ 3);
17059 if ((relocation
& mask
) != 0)
17061 relocation
^= relocation
& mask
;
17062 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17063 /* xgettext:c-format */
17064 (_("%H: error: %s not a multiple of %u\n"),
17065 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17066 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
17068 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
17075 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
17076 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
17077 not process them. */
17078 howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) r_type
];
17079 if (unresolved_reloc
17080 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
17081 && h
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
17082 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
17083 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
17085 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17086 /* xgettext:c-format */
17087 (_("%H: unresolvable %s against `%pT'\n"),
17088 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17090 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
17094 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
17095 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
17096 have different reloc types. */
17097 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
17098 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
17099 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
17101 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
17103 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17104 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
17105 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
17106 else if (howto
->rightshift
== 0
17107 ? ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
17108 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
17109 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
17110 : ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 29u << 26 /* andis */
17111 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 25u << 26 /* oris */
17112 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 27u << 26 /* xoris */))
17113 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
17114 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
17116 alt_howto
= *howto
;
17117 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
17118 howto
= &alt_howto
;
17124 /* Split field relocs aren't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
17126 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
17127 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
17128 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17129 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
17130 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
17131 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
17132 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
17133 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
17134 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
17135 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
17136 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
17137 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17138 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17140 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
17141 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
17142 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17145 relocation
+= addend
;
17146 if (howto
->pc_relative
)
17147 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17148 + input_section
->output_offset
17149 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17150 relocation
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
17152 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17154 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17156 pinsn
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
17157 pinsn
|= (((relocation
<< 16) | (relocation
& 0xffff))
17158 & howto
->dst_mask
);
17159 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17160 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17162 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
17163 && (relocation
+ (1ULL << (howto
->bitsize
- 1))
17164 >= 1ULL << howto
->bitsize
))
17165 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17169 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17170 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
17171 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17174 relocation
+= addend
;
17175 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17176 + input_section
->output_offset
17177 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17178 relocation
= (bfd_signed_vma
) relocation
>> 16;
17179 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17181 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
17182 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17184 if (relocation
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
17185 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17190 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
17191 contents
, rel
->r_offset
,
17192 relocation
, addend
);
17195 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
17197 char *more_info
= NULL
;
17198 const char *reloc_name
= howto
->name
;
17200 if (reloc_dest
!= DEST_NORMAL
)
17202 more_info
= bfd_malloc (strlen (reloc_name
) + 8);
17203 if (more_info
!= NULL
)
17205 strcpy (more_info
, reloc_name
);
17206 strcat (more_info
, (reloc_dest
== DEST_OPD
17207 ? " (OPD)" : " (stub)"));
17208 reloc_name
= more_info
;
17212 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
17214 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
17215 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
17217 && (reloc_dest
== DEST_STUB
17219 && (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
17220 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
17221 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))))
17222 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow (info
, &h
->elf
.root
,
17223 sym_name
, reloc_name
,
17225 input_bfd
, input_section
,
17230 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17231 /* xgettext:c-format */
17232 (_("%H: %s against `%pT': error %d\n"),
17233 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17234 reloc_name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
17246 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
17247 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
17249 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
17250 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17251 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
17253 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
17255 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
17256 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
17259 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
17260 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17261 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
17264 /* If we're emitting relocations, then shortly after this function
17265 returns, reloc offsets and addends for this section will be
17266 adjusted. Worse, reloc symbol indices will be for the output
17267 file rather than the input. Save a copy of the relocs for
17268 opd_entry_value. */
17269 if (is_opd
&& (info
->emitrelocations
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
)))
17272 amt
= input_section
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
17273 rel
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
17274 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
== NULL
);
17275 ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
= rel
;
17278 memcpy (rel
, relocs
, amt
);
17283 /* Adjust the value of any local symbols in opd sections. */
17286 ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17287 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
17288 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
17289 asection
*input_sec
,
17290 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
17292 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
17299 opd
= get_opd_info (input_sec
);
17300 if (opd
== NULL
|| opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
17303 value
= elfsym
->st_value
- input_sec
->output_offset
;
17304 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
17305 value
-= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
17307 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (value
)];
17311 elfsym
->st_value
+= adjust
;
17315 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
17316 dynamic sections here. */
17319 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17320 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17321 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
17322 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
17324 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17325 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
17327 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17331 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !h
->def_regular
)
17332 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
17333 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
17335 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
17336 defined in glink. Leave the value if there were
17337 any relocations where pointer equality matters
17338 (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to make
17339 function pointer comparisons work between an
17340 application and shared library), otherwise set it
17342 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
17343 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
17345 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
17347 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
17348 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
17349 function pointer. */
17356 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
17357 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
17358 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
17359 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
))
17361 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
17362 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
17366 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
17369 rela
.r_offset
= defined_sym_val (h
);
17370 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_COPY
);
17372 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
17373 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
17375 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
17376 loc
= srel
->contents
;
17377 loc
+= srel
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
17378 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
17384 /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
17385 dynamic linker, before writing them out. */
17387 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
17388 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17389 const asection
*rel_sec
,
17390 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
17392 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
17393 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17395 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
17396 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
17398 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
);
17401 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
17402 return reloc_class_relative
;
17403 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
17404 return reloc_class_plt
;
17406 return reloc_class_copy
;
17408 return reloc_class_normal
;
17412 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
17415 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17416 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
17418 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17422 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17426 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
17427 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
17429 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
17431 Elf64_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
17433 if (sdyn
== NULL
|| htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
17436 dyncon
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
17437 dynconend
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
17438 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
17440 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
17443 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
17450 case DT_PPC64_GLINK
:
17452 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17453 /* We stupidly defined DT_PPC64_GLINK to be the start
17454 of glink rather than the first entry point, which is
17455 what ld.so needs, and now have a bigger stub to
17456 support automatic multiple TOCs. */
17457 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) - 8 * 4;
17461 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17464 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
17468 if ((htab
->do_multi_toc
&& htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
17469 || htab
->notoc_plt
)
17470 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_MULTI_TOC
;
17471 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
17472 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_LOCALENTRY
;
17475 case DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
:
17476 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17479 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
;
17483 s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
17484 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17488 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
17489 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17493 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
17497 if (htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
)
17498 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17499 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
17500 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
17504 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
17508 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
!= 0
17509 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17511 /* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table.
17512 We use it to hold the link-time TOCbase. */
17513 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
,
17514 elf_gp (output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
,
17515 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
);
17517 /* Set .got entry size. */
17518 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17522 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
17523 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17525 /* Set .plt entry size. */
17526 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17527 = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
17530 /* brlt is SEC_LINKER_CREATED, so we need to write out relocs for
17531 brlt ourselves if emitrelocations. */
17532 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
17533 && htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
!= 0
17534 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17536 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->rela
.hdr
,
17537 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->relocs
,
17541 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
17542 && htab
->glink
->reloc_count
!= 0
17543 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17545 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->rela
.hdr
,
17546 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->relocs
,
17551 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
17552 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0
17553 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
17554 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
17555 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
17556 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
17559 /* We need to handle writing out multiple GOT sections ourselves,
17560 since we didn't add them to DYNOBJ. We know dynobj is the first
17562 while ((dynobj
= dynobj
->link
.next
) != NULL
)
17566 if (!is_ppc64_elf (dynobj
))
17569 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->got
;
17572 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17573 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17574 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17577 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->relgot
;
17580 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17581 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17582 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17590 #include "elf64-target.h"
17592 /* FreeBSD support */
17594 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
17595 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
17597 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
17598 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_vec
17599 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
17600 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc-freebsd"
17603 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
17606 #define elf64_bed elf64_powerpc_fbsd_bed
17608 #include "elf64-target.h"